Lattice extension

operating manual

3 302 625 en
01.07.2017
 Important note

Any type of duplication or excerpt from

this document, even in electronic form,
is not subject to the revision service of
Manitowoc Crane Group Germany GmbH.

© Copyright reserved by

Manitowoc Crane Group Germany GmbH

Industriegelände West
D-26389 Wilhelmshaven, Germany
Tel: [+49] (0)44 21 294-0
Fax: +[49] (0) 44 21 294-301
01.07.2017

The passing on or duplication of this document as well as the utilisation and disclosure of its contents is prohibited unless
expressly permitted. Infringement will incur liability for compensation. All rights pertaining to registration of patent or utility
model are reserved. The original language of this document is German.

3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 These operating instructions contain the following
chapters:

1 About these operating instructions

2 Basic safety instructions
3 Operating elements
4 Rigging work on the main boom
5 Swing-away lattice
6 Boom extension
7 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/
9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
8 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m
(6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
9 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1
10 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2
11 Turning loads over
12 Driving with a rigged crane
13 Index
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Blank page

01.07.2017

3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 1
1 About these operating instructions
1.1 Validity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1

1.2 Terms used. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2

01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 01.07.2017

3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 About these operating instructions
1.1 Validity

1 About these operating instructions

1.1 Validity

Validity of these This operating manual applies only to lattice extensions supplied by
operating instruc- Manitowoc Crane Group Germany GmbH.
tions
In addition, for the operation of the truck crane with a lattice extension
described in these operating instructions, all information in the Operating
Instructions GMK5150 / GMK5150L, supplied by the factory for the lattice
extensions is applicable.

Prerequisites for The lattice extensions described in this operating manual may only be oper-
installation and ated together with a GROVE truck crane GMK5150 / GMK5150L whose serial
operation number is identical with the serial number marked on the lattice extensions.

References to Cross references to other operating or maintenance manuals are shown for
other operating instance in the following form: à
GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instruc-
manuals tions.

The subject that is referenced can be found in the index or table of contents
of the document to which reference is made.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 1-1

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
About these operating instructions
1.2 Terms used

1.2 Terms used

An overview of the lattice extensions described in this operating manual is
provided below.

1 Section 5 for the boom extension

2 Section 3 for the swing-away lattice in combination C
Swing-away lattice in 3 designs with:
3.1 Integrated heavy load lattice extension (ISS) or
3.2 Swing-away lattice or
3.3 Inclinable swing-away lattice
4 Heavy load lattice extension
01.07.2017

5 Integrated heavy load lattice extension

6 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1
7 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2

1-2 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 2
2 Basic safety instructions
2.1 Other applicable documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1

2.2 Safety instructions for working with a lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 2

01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 01.07.2017

3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Basic safety instructions
2.1 Other applicable documents

2 Basic safety instructions

In principle, all the basic safety instructions from the GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Operating Instructions are applicable.

Observe also all safety instructions and warnings on the truck crane!

à GMK5150 /
H
Information regarding the warnings and symbols used;
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

2.1 Other applicable documents

In addition to the information in this operating manual, all the instructions
in the following sections of the supplied GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating
Instructions are also applicable:

– Intended use
– Improper use
– Organisational measures
– Personnel qualifications GMK5150 / GMK5150L
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 2-1

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Basic safety instructions
2.2 Safety instructions for working with a lattice extension

2.2 Safety instructions for working with a lattice extension

This chapter contains additional safety instructions only for safe use of the
lattice extensions described in these operating instructions.

Working at If there is a danger of falling when doing work on the truck crane, suitable
heights equipment must be used to prevent falling (e. g. ladder, lifting platform,
auxiliary crane).

The lattice extensions are provided with clamps for positioning a ladder.
Place the ladder between the clamps so it cannot slip off.

If despite using such equipment the risk of falling cannot be minimised you
must protect yourself and any assisting personnel by using fall arrest sys-
tems.

The points at which the fall arrest system can be attached to on the truck
crane are indicated by the symbol shown here.

Slinging Attach slings to the sections only at the designated slinging points. If no
slinging points are provided, refer to the centre of gravity data .
In this way you prevent the attached sections slipping off, falling and caus-
ing injury during installation or removal.

Retainers Always secure the pins at the connection points and also at the holders
using the appropriate locks. This prevents unsecured pins coming loose,
falling out and causing injuries.

Rigging mode For crane operation with the lattice extension folded away, comply with the
rigging mode. This will prevent damage to the main or lattice extension, and
prevent the lattice extension falling during crane operation.

For on-road driving with the lattice extension, comply with the rigging
mode. This prevents the permissible vehicle width or height being
exceeded.

Two cranes Lifting loads simultaneously with two cranes is particularly dangerous.
Carry out this type of work with special care.
01.07.2017

2-2 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 3
3 Operating elements
3.1 On the lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1
3.1.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1
3.1.2 Connection section 1 - section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 2
3.1.3 Folded connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 2
3.1.4 Front connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 3
3.1.5 Middle 2 connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 3
3.1.6 Middle 1 connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 4
3.1.7 Run-up rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 4
3.1.8 Rear connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 5
3.1.9 Section 2 control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 6
3.2 In the crane cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 7
3.2.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 7
3.2.2 On the CCS control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 8
3.2.3 On the RCL control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 9
3.2.4 At the control console, right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 10
3.3 On the hand-held control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 11
3.3.1 Hand-held control connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 13
3.4 Other operating elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 14
3.4.1 Rigging hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 14
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 01.07.2017

3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Operating elements
3.1 On the lattice extension

3 Operating elements
This section describes all the lattice extension operating elements that are
not described, or are merely referenced in the GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Operating Instructions supplied.

3.1 On the lattice extension

3.1.1 Overview

1 Connection section 1 - section 2 à p. 3 - 2

2 Rear connection à p. 3 - 5
3 Section 2 control unit à p. 3 - 6
4 Run-up rail à p. 3 - 4
5 Folded connection à p. 3 - 2
6 Middle 1 connection à p. 3 - 4
7 Middle 2 connection 1) à p. 3 - 3
8 Front connection à p. 3 - 3
1) Only for swing-away lattice with ISS
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 3-1

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Operating elements
3.1 On the lattice extension

3.1.2 Connection section 1 - section 2

The connection is established using the pins (1)

to (4). The pins are inserted into connecting
points or holders, depending on whether sec-
tion 1 is folded in or folded in front of section 2.

3.1.3 Folded connection

In the illustrated position of the lever (1), sec-

tion 1 and section 2 are

(A) connected.
(B) not connected.

01.07.2017

3-2 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Operating elements
3.1 On the lattice extension

3.1.4 Front connection

There are 3 positions for the Front connection.

A Locked position
B Rigging position
C Unlocked position

The positions are set using the lever (2).

The swing-away lattice is secured using the
pin (1).

3.1.5 Middle 2 connection

Only for swing-away lattice with ISS.

(A) – Establishing the connection

Turn the hand lever (1) clockwise. The locking
bar (2) is pressed upwards by the spring force.

(B) – Disconnecting the connection

Pull the hand lever (1) downwards against the
spring force and then turn anticlockwise.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 3-3

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Operating elements
3.1 On the lattice extension

3.1.6 Middle 1 connection

(A) – Establishing the connection

When section 1 is folded in, the pin (1) is
inserted into the connecting points (2).

(B) – Disconnecting the connection

When the connection is separated, the pin (1)
is inserted into the connecting points (3).

3.1.7 Run-up rail

(A) – The run-up rail is folded out for rigging.

The swing-away lattice rolls up to the main
boom on the run-up rail during rigging.

(B) – The run-up rail is folded onto the main

boom for on-road driving.

01.07.2017

3-4 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Operating elements
3.1 On the lattice extension

3.1.8 Rear connection

(A) – Establishing the connection

Extend the pin (1).

(B) – Disconnecting the connection

Retract the pin (1).

The pin (1) is actuated using the control unit (2).

The control unit is attached to the run-up rail.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 3-5

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Operating elements
3.1 On the lattice extension

3.1.9 Section 2 control unit

Operating elements
1 Function buttons

Button combinations
There are two button combinations; buttons
that are engaged are shown in black:
A Raise swing-away lattice
B Lower swing-away lattice

– Function on
Press the required button combination.
– (C) – Function off
C Release one or both the buttons.

01.07.2017

3-6 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Operating elements
3.2 In the crane cab

3.2 In the crane cab

3.2.1 Overview

1 On the CCS control unit à p. 3 - 8

2 On the RCL control unit à p. 3 - 9
3 At the control console, right à p. 3 - 10
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 3-7

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Operating elements
3.2 In the crane cab

3.2.2 On the CCS control unit

Lattice extension derricking gear display

– Green: Lattice extension derricking gear on
– Red: Lattice extension derricking gear off

Power unit speeds menu – inputting the speed – lattice extension derrick-
ing gear
The value (xx) indicates what percentage of the maximum speed is permit-
ted. Change the value; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

Operating hours menu – lattice extension derricking gear operating hours

The value indicates the Lattice extension derricking gear operating hours. Fur-
ther information; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

01.07.2017

3-8 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Operating elements
3.2 In the crane cab

3.2.3 On the RCL control unit

Enter rigging
mode menu

Boom system entry

1 Boom system selection
2 Main boom
3 Lattice extension
3.1 Only during mechanical angle posi-
tion setting: Angle
3.2 Length

Monitoring menu

Boom system display

1 Main boom display
2 Display for main boom with lattice exten-
sion
2.1 Angle
2.2 Length
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 3-9

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Operating elements
3.2 In the crane cab

3.2.4 At the control console, right

Derricking gear of lattice extension on/off

There is a lamp in the button.
– Press once: – Bright lamp – Lattice extension derricking gear on
– Dim lamp – Lattice extension derricking gear off

Control lever configuration

– To the left: – Raise – Lift the lattice extension
– To the right – Lower – Lower lattice extension

01.07.2017

3 - 10 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Operating elements
3.3 On the hand-held control

3.3 On the hand-held control

This section is only valid for the derricking swing-away lattice. The opera-
tions are not monitored by the RCL.
The button (1) is active only when the swing-away lattice is electrically con-
nected.

For operation, you must pre-select a function and then press the required
combination of buttons.

Pre-selecting
– Lattice extension Press button (1) once – the lamp in the button lights up
derricking gear:

The pre-selection remains in force until superseded by another pre-selection.

Function buttons
The operations are not monitored by the RCL.
There are four button combinations; actuated
buttons are shown in black:

– Pre-selected function on
Press the required button combination.
– Pre-selected function off
Release one or both the buttons.
Press a non-assigned button combination –
pre-selection off.

– Faster movement: Increase pressure on button

– Slower movement: Decrease pressure on button

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 3 - 11

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Operating elements
3.3 On the hand-held control

Possible movements with pre-selection

Pre-selection

Button
combination

Lower the lattice extension

Raise the lattice extension

no function

no function
01.07.2017

3 - 12 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Operating elements
3.3 On the hand-held control

3.3.1 Hand-held control connection

With the hand-held control

Derricking the swing-away lattice is enabled at
the sockets (1) and (2).
Connection to the socket (2) is not suitable for
rigging since you cannot see the folded swing-
away lattice from this point.
The socket (2) is intended for emergency oper-
ation.

• Connect the hand-held control to the

socket (1).

Connecting the à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

hand-held control
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 3 - 13

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Operating elements
3.4 Other operating elements

3.4 Other operating elements

3.4.1 Rigging hook

You can also actuate various control elements

on the swing-away lattice using the rigging
hook (1).

The rigging hook is fastened in the holders (2).

01.07.2017

3 - 14 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 4
4 Rigging work on the main boom
4.1 Hose drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1
4.1.1 Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1
4.1.2 Transport dimensions and weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 2
4.2 Rigging work on the hose drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 3
4.2.1 Fitting/removing the hose drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 3
4.2.2 Checking the locking device on the hose drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 5
4.2.3 Positions of the hydraulic connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 6
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 01.07.2017

3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Rigging work on the main boom
4.1 Hose drum

4 Rigging work on the main boom

4.1 Hose drum

The hydraulic supply to the luffing jib is provided via a hose drum on the
side of the main boom.

4.1.1 Slinging points

• Attach the hose drum (1) at the points (2)

using a strap sling of sufficient load bearing
capacity.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 4-1

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Rigging work on the main boom
4.1 Hose drum

4.1.2 Transport dimensions and weights

Length x width x height Weight in kg

in m (ft) (lbs)

1.20 x 1.20 x 0.4 165

(3.9 x 3.9 x 1.3) (365)

S
Risk of damage to the hose drum!
Always secure the hose drum by tying it down with suitable belts when it
is transported on a separate vehicle. This prevents the hose drum tipping
over and becoming damaged during transportation.

01.07.2017

4-2 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Rigging work on the main boom
4.2 Rigging work on the hose drum

4.2 Rigging work on the hose drum

4.2.1 Fitting/removing the hose drum

Installation For crane operation, if the hose drum is not already installed you must
install it.

• Attach lifting gear to the hose drum (1);

à Slinging points, p. 4 - 1.

• (A) – Remove the pin (2) from the holder.

• (B) – Lift the hose drum (1) into the holder (4).
• Fasten the hose drum (1) to the holder (3)
using the pin (2).
• Secure the pin.

• Connect the hoses (2) to the connections (1)

(match the markings).
• Release the locking device (3); à p. 4 - 5.
• Run the hoses (4) to the correct position for
the desired operation; à p. 4 - 6.
• Check the connections for leaks.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 4-3

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Rigging work on the main boom
4.2 Rigging work on the hose drum

Removing Depending on the driving mode it may be necessary to remove the hose
drum before driving on the road; à
GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating
Instructions.

• Insert the locking device (3); à p. 4 - 5.

• Remove the hoses (4) from the main boom
and place them on the hose drum.
• Remove the hoses (2) from the
connections (1).
• Close the hoses (2) and the connections (1)
with the caps.

• Attach lifting gear to the hose drum (1);

à Slinging points, p. 4 - 1.

• (A) – Remove the pin (2) from the holder (3).

• Lift the hose drum (1) out of the holder (4).

• (B) – Insert the pin (2) into the holder (5).

• Secure the pin.
• Stow the hose drum (1) safely for transpor-
tation. 01.07.2017

4-4 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Rigging work on the main boom
4.2 Rigging work on the hose drum

4.2.2 Checking the locking device on the hose drum

The locking device must be undone before you operate with a lattice exten-
sion.
The locking device must be inserted before removal of the hose drum.

S
Risk of damage to the hoses!
Always check if the locking device is released before beginning operation
with a lattice extension.
In this way you can prevent the hoses being torn off when telescoping.

G
Risk of accidents from uncontrolled rotation of the hose drum!
The locking device must always be inserted before the hose drum is
removed. Otherwise the hose drum will rotate uncontrollably against the
holder and could injure you.

There are holes (1) distributed around the

inner face of the hose drum.

A – Releasing the locking device

• Rotate the spring latch (2) so that it is not
engaged in a bore (1).
B – Inserting the locking device
• Rotate the hose drum so that the spring
latch (2) is aligned with a bore (1).
• Rotate the spring latch (2) so that it engages
in the bore (1). The hose drum is now
secured against rotation.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 4-5

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Rigging work on the main boom
4.2 Rigging work on the hose drum

4.2.3 Positions of the hydraulic connections

Before operating the lattice extension, you must ensure the hydraulic con-
nections are in the lattice extension operation position. Before working with the
main boom for extended periods of time, you must place the hydraulic con-
nections in the main boom operation position, so that the hose drum is not put
under unnecessary strain.

G
Risk of accidents from hoses springing back!
If you detach the hoses after the locking device has been released, do not
under any circumstances let go of the hoses before they has been re-
secured. Otherwise the hoses will retract uncontrollably and can injure peo-
ple or damage parts of the truck crane.

Working with the The locking device on the hose drum must be released; à p. 4 - 5.
lattice extension

Separating the connections

• (A) – Remove the retaining pins from the
pins (1).
• (B) – Remove the connecting plate (2) from
the pins (1).
• Insert the retaining pins into the pins (1).

01.07.2017

4-6 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Rigging work on the main boom
4.2 Rigging work on the hose drum

Attaching the hoses

• Remove the linchpins (3) and fold up the
guide sheaves (4).
• Remove the hoses (5) from the holder (1)
and fasten them to the clamp (2).
• Fold down the guide sheaves (4) and secure
them with the linchpins (3).

Fastening the connections

• (A) – Remove the retaining pins from the
pins (1).
• (B) – Place the connecting plate (2) on the
pins (1).
• Insert the retaining pins into the pins (1).

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 4-7

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Rigging work on the main boom
4.2 Rigging work on the hose drum

Main boom The locking device on the hose drum must be released; à p. 4 - 5.
operation

Separating the connections

• (A) – Remove the retaining pins from the
pins (1).
• (B) – Remove the connecting plate (2) from
the pins (1).
• Insert the retaining pins into the pins (1).

Attaching the hoses

• Remove the linchpins (3) and fold up the
guide sheaves (4).
• Remove the hoses from the holder (2) and
fasten them to the clamp (1).
• Fold down the guide sheaves (4) and secure
them with the linchpins (3).

01.07.2017

4-8 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Rigging work on the main boom
4.2 Rigging work on the hose drum

Fastening the connections

• (A) – Remove the retaining pins from the
pins (1).
• (B) – Place the connecting plate (2) on the
pins (1).
• Insert the retaining pins into the pins (1).
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 4-9

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Rigging work on the main boom
4.2 Rigging work on the hose drum

Blank page

01.07.2017

4 - 10 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 5
5 Swing-away lattice
5.1 Notes on this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1

5.2 Operations planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 2

5.2.1 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 2
5.2.2 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 3
5.2.3 Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 4
5.2.4 Transport dimensions and weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 6
5.2.5 Transport condition – removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 8
5.2.6 Transport condition – folded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 12
5.3 Checklists for rigging work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 17
5.3.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 17
5.3.2 CHECKLIST: Installing the swing-away lattice – into the operating position. . . 5 - 19
5.3.3 CHECKLIST: Installing the swing-away lattice – into the transport position . . . 5 - 25
5.3.4 CHECKLIST: Removing the swing-away lattice – from the operating position . 5 - 30
5.3.5 CHECKLIST: Removing the swing-away lattice – from the transport position . 5 - 36
5.3.6 CHECKLIST: Rigging the swing-away lattice 1.8 + 9.4 m (5.9 + 30.8 ft) –
in the operating position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 40
5.3.7 CHECKLIST: Rigging the swing-away lattice 1.8 + 16.0 m (5.9 + 52.5 ft) –
in the operating position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 45
5.3.8 CHECKLIST: Rigging the swing-away lattice 1.8 + 9.4 m (5.9 + 30.8 ft) –
in the transport position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 50
5.3.9 CHECKLIST: Rigging the swing-away lattice 1.8 + 16.0 m (5.9 + 52.5 ft) –
in the transport position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 56
5.3.10 CHECKLIST: Further rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 63
5.4 Rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 65
5.4.1 Notes on the position of the telescoping cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 65
5.4.2 Secure the swing-away lattice with guide rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 66
5.4.3 Reeving/unreeving the rigging rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 67
5.4.4 Establishing/separating the Rear connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 68
5.4.5 Establishing/separating the Middle 1 connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 69
5.4.6 Establishing/disconnecting the Front connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 70
5.4.7 Folding the run-up rail out/in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 72
5.4.8 Establishing/separating the slewing connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 73
5.4.9 Establishing/separating the connection between the main boom/section 4 . . . 5 - 75
5.4.10 Establishing/separating connections between lattice extension sections –
during installation/removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 77
5.4.11 Section 1/section 2 – Establish/separate the right-hand connection . . . . . . . . . 5 - 83
01.07.2017

5.4.12 Section 1/section 2 – Establish/separate the left-hand connection. . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 84

5.4.13 Section 1/section 2 – Establishing/separating the Folded connection . . . . . . . . . 5 - 86
5.4.14 Swinging the swing-away lattice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 87
5.4.15 Slewing section 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 88

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
5.4.16 Establishing/disconnecting the hydraulic connection –
Main boom/swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 89
5.4.17 Establishing/disconnecting electrical connections – swing-away lattice . . . . . 5 - 90
5.4.18 Fold the deflection sheaves in/out on section 2 and section 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 101
5.4.19 Folding the deflection sheaves on section 3 into the operating
position/transport position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 103
5.4.20 Attaching/removing the hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 104
5.4.21 Installing / removing the lifting limit switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 106
5.4.22 Installing / removing the anemometer and air traffic control light . . . . . . . . . 5 - 108
5.4.23 Installing / removing the camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 110
5.4.24 Derricking cylinder positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 112
5.4.25 Derricking the swing-away lattice for rigging work – hand-held control . . . . . 5 - 113
5.4.26 Derricking the swing-away lattice – Section 2 control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 114
5.4.27 Setting the angle – with an auxiliary crane. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 115
5.4.28 Setting the angle – without the auxiliary crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 116
5.5 Operation with swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 123
5.5.1 Setting the RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 123
5.5.2 Derricking the main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 124
5.5.3 Telescoping with rigged swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 124
5.5.4 Derricking the swing-away lattice in operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 125
5.5.5 Procedure if permissible wind speed is exceeded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 126
5.5.6 Information about the main boom operation when the swing-away lattice is
folded/rigged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 127
5.5.7 Instructions for turning loads over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 128
5.6 Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 129
5.6.5 Description of maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 130
5.7 Finding and eliminating malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 136
5.7.1 Troubleshooting table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 136

01.07.2017

3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.1 Notes on this chapter

5 Swing-away lattice

5.1 Notes on this chapter

Where the lifting capacity tables use the term swing-away lattice extension, in
this chapter the term swing-away lattice is used.

This chapter applies to:

– Swing-away lattice with and without head

sheaves (1) on section 4.
With head sheaves (1) it is designated as a
swing-away lattice with heavy load lattice
extension (ISS).

– Derricking swing-away lattice.

The angle is adjusted on the derricking
swing-away lattice with the hydraulic cylin-
der (1).
Rigging work that applies only to this swing-
away lattice is indicated in the checklists
with the symbol (1.1).
– The inclinable swing-away lattice
The angle is adjusted on the inclinable
swing-away lattice with the angle piece (2).
Rigging work that applies only to this swing-
away lattice is indicated in the checklists
with the symbol (2.1).
01.07.2017

Text that applies only to one of the swing-

away lattices is explicitly indicated.

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5-1

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.2 Operations planning

5.2 Operations planning

5.2.1 Assembly

S
Risk of overturning in other combinations!
Assemble the swing-away lattice only in the combinations listed as permis-
sible in the lifting capacity table. Other combinations are not monitored by
the RCL.

Permissible combinations

Combination Designation Z + Y 1) Sections used

Swing-away 1.8 + 9.4 m
A
lattice A (5.9 + 30.8 ft) 4+2
Swing-away 1.8 + 16.0 m
B
lattice B (5.9 + 52.5 ft) 4+2+1
Swing-away 1.8 + 24.0 m
C
lattice C (5.9 + 78.7 ft) 4+3+2+1
01.07.2017

1)
Designation in the lifting capacity table:
Z = length before setting the angle
Y = length after setting the angle

5-2 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.2 Operations planning

5.2.2 Identification

G
Risk of accidents when using an incorrect swing-away lattice!
Install only the swing-away lattice that belongs to the truck crane. Other
swing-away lattices must not be installed.

The truck crane and corresponding sections 1 to 4 are labelled with the
same serial number (5).
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5-3

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.2 Operations planning

5.2.3 Slinging points

G
Risk of accidents if used improperly!
Attach slings to the swing-away lattice only at the designated slinging
points. Use only lifting gear and joining elements of sufficient load bearing
capacity.

Section 1

The slinging points (1) are marked with stick-

ers (2).

The sticker (3) gives data on the weight and

the necessary lifting gear.

A guide rope (4) is fastened behind the head of

section 1.

Section 3

The slinging points (1) are marked with stick-

ers (2).

The sticker (3) gives data on the weight and

the necessary lifting gear.

A strut (4) serves as the slinging point for the

guide rope.
01.07.2017

5-4 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.2 Operations planning

Section combina-
tion

For section combinations, the slinging points

and the information on weight and required
lifting gear are specified on the stickers (1)
and (2).

Example

For the section combination, section 1 is

folded onto section 2, and section 2 is
mounted in front of section 4.

The sticker (6) shows:

– The weight,
– The slinging points 3 and 7,
– The manner in which the lifting gear must
be attached to the slinging points (5).
Slinging points 3 and 7 on the swing-away
lattice are labelled with stickers having the
corresponding numerals.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5-5

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.2 Operations planning

5.2.4 Transport dimensions and weights

01.07.2017

5-6 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.2 Operations planning

Section Length x width x Derricking Inclinable Swing-away

height swing-away swing-away lattice with
in m (ft) lattice lattice ISS
Weight in kg (lbs)
6.90 x 0.50 x 0.75 350 350 350
1 (22.7 x 1.7 x 2.5) (775) (775) (775)

2 8.55 x 0.75 x 1.10 575 575 575

(28.1 x 2.5 x 3.6) (1 270) (1 270) (1 270)
9.00 x 0.70 x 1.15 525 525 525
3 (29.6 x 2.7 x 3.8) (1 160) (1 160) (1 160)
3.85 x 0.80 x 1.30 875 725 950
4 (12.7 x 2.6 x 4.3) (1 930) (1 600) (2 095)
4 + 2 + 1 (folded 18.10 x 0.80 x 1.40 1 800 1 650 1 875
out) (59.4 x 2.7 x 4.6) (3 970) (3 640) (4 135)

4 + 2 + 1 (folded) 11.40 x 1.00 x 1.35 1 800 1 650 1 875

(27.4 x 3.3 x 3.3) (3 970) (3 640) (4 135)
4 + 2 (extended) 11.40x 0.80 x 1.40 1 450 1 300 1 525
(27.4 x 3.5 x 4.8) (3 200) (2 850) (3 365)
2 + 1 (extended) 15.25 x 0.75 x 1.10 925 925 925
(57.4 x 2.5 x 3.6) (2 040) (2 040) (2 040)
2 + 1 (extended) 8.55 x 1.00 x 1.25 925 925 925
(28.1 x 3.3 x 4.1) (2 040) (2 040) (2 040)
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5-7

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.2 Operations planning

5.2.5 Transport condition – removed

S
Risk of damage to the lattice extension!
Always secure the lattice extension by tying it down with suitable belts
when it is transported on a separate vehicle. This prevents the lattice exten-
sion from tipping over and becoming damaged during transportation.

G
Risk of injury!
Before transport make sure that all pins are secured in the clamps with
retaining pins. Secure any pins that are not secure.
This way you prevent the pins from falling down while driving and injuring
or even killing other persons.

G
Risk of injury!
Before transport, ensure that all cables and hoses are securely fastened in
the clamps and cannot come loose during driving. Additionally fasten the
cables and hoses if necessary.
This way you prevent the cables or hoses from falling down while driving
and injuring or even killing other persons.

Section 3

• Check that the heavy lattice load extension

is secure for transport or secure it now, if
necessary.
– All pins (1) are secured in the clamps.
– All electrical cables are wound onto the
clamp (2) and closed with caps.
– Section 3 is secured to a suitable
support (3).
– All electrical cables (4) are closed with
caps.
– The deflection sheave (5) is secured in the
transport position.
01.07.2017

5-8 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.2 Operations planning

Swing-away
lattice

Check that the heavy lattice load extension is secure for transport or secure
it now, if necessary.

For all swing-away lattices:

– The electrical connection (2) between section 1 - section 2 is discon-
nected; à p. 5 - 99.
– The connection between section 1 - section 2 at the right (3) is estab-
lished;à p. 5 - 83. All pins that are not required are secured in the
clamp (4).
– The folded connection (5) has been made; à p. 5 - 86.
– The connection (6) between section 2 and section 4 is established,
à p. 5 - 78.
– The electrical connection between section 2 and section 4 (7) or (8) is
established; à p. 5 - 93.
– The deflection sheaves (1) and (9) are folded in and secured;
à p. 5 - 101.
– The cables are wound onto the clamp (10) and the plug is inserted into
the dummy socket; à p. 5 - 91.
– The swing-away lattice must be set down and secured on a suitable
support (11).
– All electrical cables are closed with caps.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5-9

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.2 Operations planning

Additionally for the derricking swing-away lattice and swing-away lattice

with ISS:
– The hoses are stored in the clamp (2) and the connections are closed
with caps; à p. 5 - 89.
– The derricking cylinder (3) is in position (A); à
p. 5 - 112.

Additionally for the swing-away lattice with ISS:

– The head sheaves (1) are folded in and secured; à p. 7 - 57.
Additionally for the inclinable swing-away lattice:
– The swing-away lattice is in the 0°position (3); à p. 5 - 115.

01.07.2017

5 - 10 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.2 Operations planning

On the main boom

• Check that the heavy lattice load extension is secure for transport or
secure it now, if necessary.
– The Rear connection (1) is separated; à p. 5 - 68.
– The run-up rail (2) is folded in; à p. 5 - 72.
– The Middle 1 connection (3) is separated; à p. 5 - 69.
– The front connection (5) is in the Locked position; à p. 5 - 70.

Additionally for the swing-away lattice with ISS:

– The Middle 2 connection (4) is separated; à p. 7 - 46.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 11

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.2 Operations planning

5.2.6 Transport condition – folded

S
There is a risk of damage to the lattice extension and the main boom!
Always secure the swing-away lattice for on-road driving before driving the
truck crane with a folded swing-away lattice.
Only then is the swing-away lattice secured against slipping.
This prevents the partly fastened swing-away lattice from hitting the main
boom or the individual components of the swing-away lattice from hitting
each other and becoming damaged.

Section 1 only

• Check that the heavy lattice load extension is secure for transport or
secure it now, if necessary.
– The connection between section 1 - section 2 at the right is separated;
à p. 5 - 83. All pins that are not required are secured in the clamp (1)
and (2).
– The rear connection (3) has been made; à p. 5 - 68. Section 1 is
attached to the main boom.
– The run-up rail (4) is folded in;à p. 5 - 72.
– The Middle 1 connection (5) is established; à p. 5 - 69. Section 1 is
attached to the main boom.
– The front connection (7) is in the Locked position; à p. 5 - 70.

Additionally for the swing-away lattice with ISS:

– The Middle 2 connection (6) is separated.
01.07.2017

5 - 12 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.2 Operations planning

Section 1 and
section 2

• Check that the heavy lattice load extension is secure for transport or
secure it now, if necessary.
For all swing-away lattices:
– The electrical connection (2) between section 1 - section 2 is discon-
nected; à p. 5 - 99.
– The connection between section 1 - section 2 at the right (3) is estab-
lished; à p. 5 - 82. All pins that are not required are secured in the
clamp (4).
– The folded connection (5) has been made; à p. 5 - 86.
– The deflection sheaves (1) and (9) are folded in and secured;
à p. 5 - 101.
– The connection (6) between section 2 and section 4 is established,
à p. 5 - 78.
– The electrical connection between section 2 and section 4 (7) or (8) is
established; à p. 5 - 93.
– The cables are wound onto the clamp (10) and the plug is inserted into
the dummy socket; à p. 5 - 91.
– All electrical cables are closed with caps.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 13

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.2 Operations planning

For all swing-away lattices:

– The rear connection (1) has been made; à p. 5 - 68. Section 1 is
attached to the main boom.
– The run-up rail (2) is folded in; à p. 5 - 72.
– The Middle 1 connection (3) is established; à p. 5 - 69. Section 1 is
attached to the main boom.
– The front connection (4) is in the Locked position; à p. 5 - 70.

01.07.2017

5 - 14 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.2 Operations planning

Additionally for the derricking swing-away lattice and swing-away lattice

with ISS:
– The hoses are stored in the clamp (1) and the connections are closed
with caps; à p. 5 - 89.
– The derricking cylinder (4) is in position (A);àp. 5 - 112.

Additionally for the swing-away lattice with ISS:

– The Middle 2 connection (2) is established.
– The head sheaves (3) are folded in and secured.

Additionally for the inclinable swing-away lattice:

– The swing-away lattice is in the 0° position (5); à p. 5 - 115.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 15

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.2 Operations planning

Blank page

01.07.2017

5 - 16 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5.3.1 Overview

The distinction is made between various different procedures.

– Installation and removal

These procedures have to be performed when the lattice extension is
being transported separately. The installation and removal of the lattice
extension is described.
– Rigging
Rigging must be performed when the lattice extension is being trans-
ported on the truck crane. The changeover between the transport position
and the operating position is described.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 17

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

The table shows which checklist is applicable to any required rigging work.

Required rigging work Checklist

– Installing – In operating CHECKLIST: Installing the
swing-away position swing-away lattice – into the
lattice operating position, p. 5 - 19
– In transport CHECKLIST: Installing the
position swing-away lattice – into the
transport position, p. 5 - 25
– Remove – From operat- CHECKLIST: Removing the
swing-away ing position swing-away lattice – from the
lattice operating position, p. 5 - 30
– From trans- CHECKLIST: Removing the
Swing-away lattice

port position swing-away lattice – from the

transport position, p. 5 - 36
– Rigging the – In operating CHECKLIST: Rigging the
swing-away position swing-away lattice 1.8 + 9.4 m
lattice (5.9 + 30.8 ft) – in the operating
position, p. 5 - 40
CHECKLIST: Rigging the
swing-away lattice 1.8 + 16.0 m
(5.9 + 52.5 ft) – in the operating
position, p. 5 - 45
– In transport CHECKLIST: Rigging the
position swing-away lattice 1.8 + 9.4 m
(5.9 + 30.8 ft) – in the transport
position, p. 5 - 50
CHECKLIST: Rigging the
swing-away lattice 1.8 + 16.0 m
(5.9 + 52.5 ft) – in the transport
position, p. 5 - 56

01.07.2017

5 - 18 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5.3.2 CHECKLIST: Installing the swing-away lattice – into the

operating position

H
This checklist is not equivalent to the complete operating instructions.
There are accompanying instructions, which are indicated by cross-refer-
ences.
Observe the warnings and safety instructions there!

1. Prerequisite
– The truck crane is on outriggers and the superstructure is turned to
à
the side or to the rear; GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instruc-
tions.
– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be
rigged;à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The main boom is fully retracted and locked.
The telescoping cylinder must be locked in telescopic section V;
à p. 5 - 65.
The main boom is lowered to the horizontal position; à GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– An auxiliary crane must be available.

2. If necessary, mount the hose drum; à p. 4 - 3.

3. If necessary, check that the locking device has been released;

à p. 4 - 5.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 19

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

4. If necessary, move the hoses into the position for working with the lat-
tice extension; à
p. 4 - 6.

5. Check that the swing-away lattice is secured for transport; à p. 4 - 2.

6. For combination C
– Disconnect the electrical connection between section 2 and section 4;
à p. 5 - 93.

– Disconnect the connection between section 2 and section 4;

à p. 5 - 83.
– Set down section 2 and section 1.

7. Fold out the deflection sheaves.

– On section 2; à p. 5 - 101.
– On section 4; à p. 5 - 101.
01.07.2017

5 - 20 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

8. For derricking swing-away lattice:

Establish the hydraulic connection to the main boom; à p. 5 - 89.

9. Establish the electrical connection to the main boom; à p. 5 - 91.

10. Sling lifting gear to the swing-away lattice sections required for combi-
nation A or B and fasten a guide rope.
For the combination C, sling lifting gear to section 4 and fasten a guide
rope.

– à Assembly, p. 5 - 2,
– à Identification, p. 5 - 3,
– à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 5 - 6,
– à Slinging points, p. 5 - 4.
11. Lift the required section combination in front of the main boom.

12. Make the connections on the right and left of the main boom head;
à p. 5 - 75.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 21

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

13. For combination A

– Position the hoist rope; à p. 5 - 104.

– Perform all further rigging work; à p. 5 - 63.

14. For combination C

– Prepare section 3 and fasten the guide rope.

– Fold the deflection sheaves on section 3 into the operating position;

à p. 5 - 103.

– Sling lifting gear to section 3, lift in front of section 4 and lock in

position:
– à Assembly, p. 5 - 2,
– à Identification, p. 5 - 3,
– à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 5 - 6,
– à Slinging points, p. 5 - 4.

– Establish the electrical connection between section 3 and section 4;

à p. 5 - 95.
01.07.2017

5 - 22 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

– Lift section 2 and section 1 in front of section 3 and lock in position;

à p. 5 - 81.

– à Identification, p. 5 - 3,
– à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 5 - 6,
– à Slinging points, p. 5 - 4.

– Establish the electrical connection between section 2 and section 3;

à p. 5 - 97.

15. For the combinations B and C

– Establish the electrical connection between section 2 and section 1;
à p. 5 - 99.

– Fasten the guide rope to section 1; à p. 5 - 66.

– Disconnect the Folded connection between section 1 and section 2;

à p. 5 - 86.

– Swing section 1 in front of section 2; à p. 5 - 88.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 23

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

– Establish the connection on the left-hand side between section 2 and

section 1;à p. 5 - 84.

16. Remove the guide rope.

17. Position the hoist rope; à p. 5 - 104.

18. For inclinable swing-away lattice:

Set the angle position if necessary:
– With auxiliary crane; à p. 5 - 115,
– Without auxiliary crane; à p. 5 - 116.

19. Perform all further rigging work; à p. 5 - 63.

01.07.2017

5 - 24 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5.3.3 CHECKLIST: Installing the swing-away lattice – into the

transport position

H
This checklist is not equivalent to the complete operating instructions.
There are accompanying instructions, which are indicated by cross-refer-
ences.
Observe the warnings and safety instructions there!

H
Only combination B can be mounted in the transport position.

1. Prerequisite
– The truck crane is on outriggers and the superstructure is turned to
à
the side or to the rear; GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instruc-
tions.
– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be
rigged;à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The main boom is fully retracted and locked.
The telescoping cylinder must be locked in telescopic section V;
à p. 5 - 65.
The main boom is lowered to the horizontal position; à GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– An auxiliary crane must be available.

2. If necessary, mount the hose drum; à p. 4 - 3.

3. If necessary, check that the locking device has been released;

à p. 4 - 5.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 25

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

4. If necessary, move the hoses into the position for working with the lat-
tice extension; à
p. 4 - 6.

5. Check that the swing-away lattice is secured for transport; à p. 5 - 8.

6. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Connect the hand-held control; à p. 3 - 13.

7. Fold out the run-up rail;; à p. 5 - 72.

8. Sling lifting gear to the swing-away lattice and fasten a guide rope:
– à Identification, p. 5 - 3,
– à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 5 - 6,
– à Slinging points, p. 5 - 4.

9. Lift the swing-away lattice on to the main boom.

01.07.2017

5 - 26 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

10. Make the slewing connection; à p. 5 - 73.

11. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Establish the hydraulic connection to the main boom; à p. 5 - 89.

12. Establish the electrical connection to the main boom; à p. 5 - 91.

13. Set the Front connection to the Rigging position; à p. 5 - 70.

14. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Lower the swing-away lattice to the end stop; à p. 5 - 113.

15. Swing the swing-away lattice onto the main boom until the swing-away
à
lattice latches into the Front connection; p. 5 - 87.
Use the rigging rope for this. Reeve the rigging rope; à p. 5 - 67.
01.07.2017

s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 27
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

16. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Derrick the swing-away lattice into position (A); à p. 5 - 112.

17. Disconnect the slewing connection; à p. 5 - 73.

18. Swing the swing-away lattice onto the main boom until the connecting
point is aligned with the Rear connection; à
p. 5 - 87.
Use the rigging rope for this. Reeve the rigging rope; à p. 5 - 67.

19. Establish the Rear connection; à p. 5 - 68.

20. Establish the Middle 1 connection; à p. 5 - 69.

21. Fold in the run-up rail; à p. 5 - 72.

01.07.2017

5 - 28 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

22. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Disconnect the hydraulic connection to the main boom; à p. 5 - 89.

23. Disconnect the electrical connection to the main boom; à p. 5 - 91.

24. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Disconnect the hand-held control; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Operating Instructions.

25. If necessary, move the hoses into the position for main boom opera-
tion; à p. 4 - 6.

26. Remove the slinging tackle.

27. Remove the guide rope.

28. Remove the rigging rope.

29. Check the transport condition of the swing-away lattice; à p. 5 - 8.

01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 29

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5.3.4 CHECKLIST: Removing the swing-away lattice – from the

operating position

H
This checklist is not equivalent to the complete operating instructions. There
are accompanying instructions, which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warnings and safety instructions there!

1. Prerequisite
– The truck crane is on outriggers and the superstructure is turned to
à
the side or to the rear; GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instruc-
tions.
– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be
rigged;à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The main boom is fully retracted and locked.
The telescoping cylinder must be locked in telescopic section V;
à p. 5 - 65.
– An auxiliary crane must be available.

2. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Lower the main boom into a horizontal position; à GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– Derrick the swing-away lattice into the 0° position; à Derricking the
swing-away lattice in operation, p. 5 - 125.

3. For inclinable swing-away lattice:

– Lower the main boom for unreeving the hook block.

4. Remove the anemometer and if necessary the air traffic control light;
à
01.07.2017

p. 5 - 108.

5 - 30 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5. Remove the lifting limit switch weight and lifting limit switch;
à p. 5 - 106.

6. If necessary, remove the camera; à p. 5 - 110.

7. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Connect the hand-held control; à p. 3 - 13.

8. For inclinable swing-away lattice:

Set 0° angle, if necessary:
– With auxiliary crane; à p. 5 - 115,
– Without auxiliary crane; à p. 5 - 116.

9. Unreeve the hoist rope and remove from the lattice extension;
à p. 5 - 104.

10. For the combinations B and C

– Fasten the guide rope to section 1; à p. 5 - 4.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 31

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

– Separate the connection on the left-hand side between section 2 and

section 1;à p. 5 - 84.

– Swing section 1 to the side of section 2; à p. 5 - 88.

– Establish the Folded connection between section 1 and section 2;

à p. 5 - 86.

– Disconnect the electrical connection between section 2 and section 1;

à p. 5 - 99.

11. For combination C

– Disconnect the electrical connection between section 2 and section 3;
à p. 5 - 97.

– Sling lifting gear to sections 1 and 2 together and fasten a guide rope;
à p. 5 - 4.
– Disconnect the connection between section 2 and section 3;
01.07.2017

à p. 5 - 81.
– Lift sections 1 and 2 together and set down aside.

5 - 32 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

– Sling section 3 and fasten a guide rope; à p. 5 - 4.

– à Identification, p. 5 - 3,
– à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 5 - 6,
– à Slinging points, p. 5 - 4.

– Disconnect the electrical connection between section 4 and section 3;

à p. 5 - 95.

– Lift section 3 and set it down; à p. 5 - 80.

– Fold the deflection sheaves on section 3 into the transport position;

à p. 5 - 103.

12. Sling all remaining sections of the swing-away lattice on the main
boom and fasten a guide rope.
– à Assembly, p. 5 - 2,
– à Identification, p. 5 - 3,
– à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 5 - 6,
– à Slinging points, p. 5 - 4.

13. Separate the connections on the right and left of the main boom head;
à p. 5 - 75.
Also separate the slewing connection if necessary; à p. 5 - 73.
01.07.2017

s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 33
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

14. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Disconnect the hydraulic connection to the main boom; à p. 5 - 89.

15. Disconnect the electrical connection to the main boom; à p. 5 - 91.

16. Lift all remaining sections of the swing-away lattice on the main boom
and set them down.
– à Assembly, p. 5 - 2,
– à Identification, p. 5 - 3,
– à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 5 - 6,
– à Slinging points, p. 5 - 4.

17. Fold in the deflection sheaves.

– On section 2; à p. 5 - 102.
– On section 4; à p. 5 - 102.

18. Check the transport condition of the swing-away lattice; à p. 5 - 8.

19. If necessary, move the hoses into the position for main boom opera-
tion; à
p. 4 - 6.
01.07.2017

5 - 34 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

20. If necessary, remove the hose drum; à p. 4 - 3.

01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 35

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5.3.5 CHECKLIST: Removing the swing-away lattice – from the

transport position

G
1
5

H
This checklist is not equivalent to the complete operating instructions. There
are accompanying instructions, which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warnings and safety instructions there!

1. Prerequisite
– The truck crane is on outriggers and the superstructure is turned to
the side or to the rear.
– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be
rigged;à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The main boom must be completely retracted and lowered into the
horizontal position; à
GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– An auxiliary crane must be available.

2. Check that the swing-away lattice is secured for transport and secure it
if necessary; à Transport condition – folded, p. 5 - 12.

3. Fasten a guide rope to section 2; à p. 5 - 66.

4. Fold out the run-up rail; à p. 5 - 72.

01.07.2017

5 - 36 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5. Disconnect the Middle 1 connection; à p. 5 - 69.

6. Separate the rear connection; à p. 5 - 68.

7. Swing the swing-away lattice outwards until the slewing connection

lines up; àp. 5 - 87.

8. Make the slewing connection; à p. 5 - 73.

9. Sling lifting gear to the swing-away lattice and fasten a guide rope.

– à Identification, p. 5 - 3,
– à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 5 - 6,
– à Slinging points, p. 5 - 4.

10. Set the Front connection to the Unlocked position; à p. 5 - 70.

01.07.2017

s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 37
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

11. Swing the swing-away lattice until it comes free from the Front connec-
tion;à p. 5 - 87.

12. Hold the swing-away lattice using the auxiliary crane.

13. Disconnect the slewing connection; à p. 5 - 73.

14. Lift the swing-away lattice off the main boom and set it aside.

15. Remove the guide rope.

16. Fold in the run-up rail; à p. 5 - 72.

17. Set the Front connection to the Locked position; à p. 5 - 70.

01.07.2017

5 - 38 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

18. Check that the swing-away lattice is secured for transport and secure it
if necessary;à Transport condition – removed, p. 5 - 8.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 39

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5.3.6 CHECKLIST: Rigging the swing-away lattice 1.8 + 9.4 m

(5.9 + 30.8 ft) – in the operating position

H
This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying
instructions, which are indicated by cross-references. Observe the warnings
and safety instructions there!

1. Prerequisite
– The truck crane is on outriggers and the superstructure is turned to
the side or to the rear.
– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be
rigged;à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The main boom is fully retracted and locked.
The telescoping cylinder must be locked in telescopic section V;
à p. 5 - 65.
The main boom is lowered to the horizontal position; àGMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

2. If necessary, mount the hose drum; à p. 4 - 3.

3. If necessary, check that the locking device has been released;

à p. 4 - 5.
01.07.2017

5 - 40 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

4. If necessary, move the hoses into the position for working with the lat-
tice extension; à p. 4 - 6.

5. Check the transport condition of the swing-away lattice; à p. 5 - 12.

6. Fold out the run-up rail;; à p. 5 - 72.

7. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Connect the hand-held control; à p. 3 - 13.

8. Fasten a guide rope to section 2; à p. 5 - 66.

9. For derricking swing-away lattice:

Establish the hydraulic connection to the main boom; à p. 5 - 89.
01.07.2017

s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 41
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

10. Establish the electrical connection to the main boom; à p. 5 - 91.

11. Disconnect the Folded connection between section 1 and section 2;

àp. 5 - 86.

12. Disconnect the electrical connection between section 2 and section 1;

àp. 5 - 99.

13. Separate the connection on the right-hand side between section 1 and
section 2;à p. 5 - 84.

14. Swing the swing-away lattice outwards until the slewing connection
lines up.

15. Make the slewing connection; à p. 5 - 73.

01.07.2017

5 - 42 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

16. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Lower the swing-away lattice to the end stop; à p. 5 - 113.

17. Set the Front connection to the Unlocked position; à p. 5 - 70.

18. Swing the swing-away lattice in front of the main boom; à p. 5 - 87.

19. Make the connections on the right and left of the main boom head;
à p. 5 - 75.

20. For inclinable swing-away lattice:

Set the angle position if necessary.
– With auxiliary crane; à p. 5 - 115,
– Without auxiliary crane; à p. 5 - 116.

21. Fold out the deflection sheaves.

– On section 2; à p. 5 - 101.
– On section 4; à p. 5 - 101.
s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 43

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

22. Position the hoist rope; à p. 5 - 104.

23. Perform all further rigging work; à p. 5 - 63.

01.07.2017

5 - 44 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5.3.7 CHECKLIST: Rigging the swing-away lattice 1.8 + 16.0 m

(5.9 + 52.5 ft) – in the operating position

H
This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying
instructions, which are indicated by cross-references. Observe the warnings
and safety instructions there!

1. Prerequisite
– The truck crane is on outriggers and the superstructure is turned to
the side or to the rear.
– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be
rigged;à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The main boom is fully retracted and locked.
The telescoping cylinder must be locked in telescopic section V;
à p. 5 - 65.
The main boom is lowered to the horizontal position; à GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

2. If necessary, mount the hose drum; à p. 4 - 3.

3. If necessary, check that the locking device has been released;

à p. 4 - 5.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 45

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

4. If necessary, move the hoses into the position for working with the lat-
tice extension; à p. 4 - 6.

5. Check the transport condition of the swing-away lattice; à p. 5 - 12.

6. Fold out the run-up rail;; à p. 5 - 72.

7. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Connect the hand-held control; à p. 3 - 13.

8. Fasten a guide rope to section 2; à p. 5 - 66.

9. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Establish the hydraulic connection to the main boom; à p. 5 - 89.
01.07.2017

5 - 46 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

10. Establish the electrical connection to the main boom; à p. 5 - 91.

11. Disconnect the Middle 1 connection; à p. 5 - 69.

12. Separate the rear connection; à p. 5 - 68.

Hold the swing-away lattice with a guide rope when doing this.

13. Swing the swing-away lattice outwards until the slewing connection
lines up.

14. Make the slewing connection; à p. 5 - 73.

15. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Lower the swing-away lattice to the end stop; à p. 5 - 113.
s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 47

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

16. Set the Front connection to the Unlocked position; à p. 5 - 70.

17. Swing the swing-away lattice in front of the main boom; à p. 5 - 87.

18. Make the connections on the right and left of the main boom head;
à
p. 5 - 75.

19. Fold out the deflection sheaves.

– On section 2; à p. 5 - 101.
– On section 4; à p. 5 - 101.

20. Establish the electrical connection between section 1 and section 2;

àp. 5 - 99.

21. Fasten a guide rope to section 1; à p. 5 - 66.

Hold section 1 with a guide rope when doing this.
01.07.2017

5 - 48 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

22. Disconnect the Folded connection between section 1 and section 2;

à p. 5 - 86.

23. Swing section 1 in front of section 2; à p. 5 - 88.

24. Establish the connection on the left-hand side between section 1 and
section 2; à p. 5 - 84.

25. Remove the guide rope.

26. For inclinable swing-away lattice:

Set the angle position if necessary:
– With auxiliary crane; à p. 5 - 115,
– Without auxiliary crane; à p. 5 - 116.

27. Position the hoist rope; à p. 5 - 104.

28. Perform all further rigging work; à p. 5 - 63.

01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 49

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5.3.8 CHECKLIST: Rigging the swing-away lattice 1.8 + 9.4 m

(5.9 + 30.8 ft) – in the transport position

H
This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying
instructions, which are indicated by cross-references. Observe the warnings
and safety instructions there!

1. Prerequisite
– The truck crane is on outriggers and the superstructure is turned to
the side or to the rear.
– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be
rigged;à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The main boom is fully retracted and locked.
The telescoping cylinder must be locked in telescopic section V;
à p. 5 - 65.
– Section 1 must be attached and secured to the side of the main boom.

2. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Lower the main boom into a horizontal position; à p. 5 - 124.
– Derrick the swing-away lattice into the 0° position;à Derricking the
swing-away lattice in operation, p. 5 - 125.

3. For inclinable swing-away lattice:

– Lower the main boom for unreeving the hook block.

4. If necessary, remove the anemometer and air traffic control light;

à p. 5 - 108.
01.07.2017

5 - 50 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5. Remove the lifting limit switch weight and lifting limit switch;
à Installing / removing the lifting limit switch, p. 5 - 106;
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

6. If necessary, remove the camera; à p. 5 - 110.

7. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Connect the hand-held control; à p. 3 - 13.

8. Fasten the guide rope to section 2; à p. 5 - 66.

9. Fold out the run-up rail; à p. 5 - 72.

10. For inclinable swing-away lattice:

Set 0° angle, if necessary;
– With auxiliary crane; à p. 5 - 115,
– Without auxiliary crane; à p. 5 - 116.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 51

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

11. Unreeve the hook block; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instruc-

tions.

12. Remove the hoist rope from the swing-away lattice; à p. 5 - 104.

13. Fold in the deflection sheaves.

– On section 2; à p. 5 - 102.
– On section 4; à p. 5 - 102.

14. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Lower the swing-away lattice to the end stop; à p. 5 - 113.

15. Check that a slewing connection has been made; à p. 5 - 73.

If necessary make a slewing connection.

16. Separate the connections on the right and left of the main boom head;
à
p. 5 - 75.
01.07.2017

5 - 52 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

17. Set the Front connection to the Rigging position; à p. 5 - 70.

18. Swing the swing-away lattice onto the main boom until the swing-away
lattice latches into the Front connection;à p. 5 - 87.
Set the Locked position;à p. 5 - 71.
Use the rigging rope for this. Reeve the rigging rope; à p. 5 - 67.

19. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Derrick the swing-away lattice into position (A); à p. 5 - 112.

20. Disconnect the slewing connection; à p. 5 - 73.

21. Swing the swing-away lattice onto the main boom until the connecting
points of section 1 and section 2 line up on the right-hand side;
à p. 5 - 87.
Use the rigging rope for this. Reeve the rigging rope; à p. 5 - 67.

22. Establish the connection on the right-hand side between section 1 and
section 2;à p. 5 - 83.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 53

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

23. Make the Folded connection; à p. 5 - 86.

24. Fold in the run-up rail; à p. 5 - 72.

25. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Disconnect the hydraulic connection to the main boom; à p. 5 - 89.

26. Disconnect the electrical connection to the main boom; à p. 5 - 91.

27. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Disconnect the hand-held control; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operat-
ing Instructions.

28. If necessary, move the hoses into the position for working with the
main boom; àp. 4 - 6.
01.07.2017

5 - 54 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

29. If necessary, remove the hose drum; à p. 4 - 3.

30. Remove the guide rope.

31. Remove the rigging rope.

32. Check the transport condition of the swing-away lattice.

01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 55

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5.3.9 CHECKLIST: Rigging the swing-away lattice 1.8 + 16.0 m

(5.9 + 52.5 ft) – in the transport position

H
This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying
instructions, which are indicated by cross-references. Observe the warnings
and safety instructions there!

1. Prerequisite
– The truck crane is on outriggers and the superstructure is turned to
the side or to the rear.
– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be
rigged;à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The main boom is fully retracted and locked.
The telescoping cylinder must be locked in telescopic section V;
à p. 5 - 65.

2. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Lower the main boom into a horizontal position; à p. 5 - 124.
– Derrick the swing-away lattice into the 0° position;à Derricking the
swing-away lattice in operation, p. 5 - 125.

3. For inclinable swing-away lattice:

– Lower the main boom for unreeving the hook block.

4. If necessary, remove the anemometer and air traffic control light;

à p. 5 - 108.
01.07.2017

5 - 56 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5. Remove the lifting limit switch weight and lifting limit switch;
à p. 5 - 106;
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

6. If necessary, remove the camera; à p. 5 - 110.

7. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Connect the hand-held control; à p. 3 - 13.

8. Fasten the guide rope to section 1; à p. 5 - 66.

9. Fold out the run-up rail; à p. 5 - 72.

10. For inclinable swing-away lattice:

Set 0° angle, if necessary;
– With auxiliary crane; à p. 5 - 115,
– Without auxiliary crane; à p. 5 - 116.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 57

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

11. Unreeve the hook block; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instruc-

tions.

12. Remove the hoist rope from the swing-away lattice; à p. 5 - 104.

13. Fold in the deflection sheaves.

– On section 2; à p. 5 - 102.
– On section 4; à p. 5 - 102.

14. Separate the connection on the left-hand side between section 1 and
section 2; àp. 5 - 84.

15. Swing section 1 to the side of section 2; à p. 5 - 88.

16. Make the Folded connection; à p. 5 - 86.

01.07.2017

5 - 58 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

17. Disconnect the electrical connection between section 1 – section 2;

à p. 5 - 99.

18. Fasten the guide rope to section 2; à p. 5 - 66.

19. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Lower the swing-away lattice to the end stop; à p. 5 - 113.

20. Check that a slewing connection has been made; à p. 5 - 73.

If necessary make a slewing connection.

21. Separate the connections on the right and left of the main boom head;
à p. 5 - 75.

22. Set the Front connection to the Rigging position; à p. 5 - 70.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 59

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

23. Swing the swing-away lattice onto the main boom until the swing-away
lattice latches into the Front connection; à
p. 5 - 87.
Set the Locked position; à p. 5 - 71.
Use the rigging rope for this. Reeve the rigging rope; à p. 5 - 67.

24. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Derrick the swing-away lattice into position (A); à p. 5 - 112.

25. Disconnect the slewing connection; à p. 5 - 73.

26. Swing the swing-away lattice onto the main boom until the connecting
point is aligned with the Rear connection; à
p. 5 - 87.
Use the rigging rope for this. Reeve the rigging rope; à p. 5 - 67.

27. Establish the Rear connection; à p. 5 - 68.

28. Establish the Middle 1 connection; à p. 5 - 69.

01.07.2017

5 - 60 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

29. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Disconnect the hydraulic connection to the main boom; à p. 5 - 89.

30. Disconnect the electrical connection to the main boom; à p. 5 - 91.

31. If necessary, move the hoses into the position for working with the
main boom; à p. 4 - 6.

32. If necessary, remove the hose drum; à p. 4 - 3.

33. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Disconnect the hand-held control; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operat-
ing Instructions.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 61

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

34. Remove the guide rope.

35. Remove the rigging rope.

36. Check the transport condition of the swing-away lattice.

01.07.2017

5 - 62 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

5.3.10 CHECKLIST: Further rigging work

H
This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying
instructions, which are indicated by cross-references. Observe the warnings
and safety instructions there!

1. Prerequisite
– The rigging work specified in the corresponding checklist has been
correctly performed.

2. Mount the anemometer and if necessary the air traffic control light;
à p. 5 - 108.

3. If necessary, mount the camera; à p. 5 - 110.

4. Reeve the hoist rope on the hook block; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Oper-
ating Instructions.

5. Install the lifting limit switch, attach the lifting limit switch weight and
place it around the hoist rope;
à p. 5 - 106;
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 63

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.3 Checklists for rigging work

6. For derricking swing-away lattice:

– Disconnect the hand-held control; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operat-
ing Instructions.

7. Check the horizontal alignment of the truck crane and correct, if neces-
sary.

8. Enter the current rigging mode with the rigged swing-away lattice;
àSetting the RCL, p. 5 - 123.

9. Enter current reeving; à Setting the RCL, p. 5 - 123.

01.07.2017

5 - 64 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4 Rigging work

5.4.1 Notes on the position of the telescoping cylinder

The connections (1) to (6) must line up at each

applicable rigging step, according to the
swing-away lattice being used.
The brackets on the main boom are adjusted
so that the connections line up when the main
boom is fully telescoped in and all telescopic
sections are set down.
After retracting, additionally lock the telescop-
ing cylinder in telescopic section V in order to
fix in this position.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 65

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.2 Secure the swing-away lattice with guide rope

G
Risk of accidents due to sections swinging of their own accord!
Always fasten a guide rope to the sections being swung before you unlock
or separate the connections.
An extra person must keep the guide rope tightly tensioned or you must
fasten the guide rope so that the sections cannot slew unintentionally when
the necessary connections are unlocked or separated.

Fasten the guide rope to section 2

• Fasten the guide rope to the swing-away lat-
tice A or B, for example to the rope attach-
ment point (1).

Fasten the guide rope to section 1

• Fasten the guide rope behind the head of
section 1 (1).

01.07.2017

5 - 66 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.3 Reeving/unreeving the rigging rope

A slinging point and rollers are mounted on the swing-away lattice and the
run-up rail, to which a rigging rope can be reeved as a lifting block.

(A) – Reeving the rigging rope

• Sling the rigging rope (2) on the hook (1).
• Lay the rigging rope on the sheaves (3), (4)
and (5) in the illustrated manner.

(B) – Unreeving the rigging rope

• Remove the rigging rope (2) from the
sheaves (3) to (5) and from the hook (1).
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 67

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.4 Establishing/separating the Rear connection

The swing-away lattice is joined to the main boom at the Rear connection.
The connection is made using the control (3) on the run-up rail via a Bowden
cable.

The pin (1) is brought into the following posi-

tions using the hand lever (2).
(A) Established
(B) Separated

To lock or release:
• Pull the lever (2) out of the latch.
• Turn the lever (2) to the following position:
(A) Established
(B) Separated

• Press the lever (2) into the latch.

The procedure is finished when the lever (2)

engages back into position.

01.07.2017

5 - 68 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.5 Establishing/separating the Middle 1 connection

Section 1 of the swing-away lattice is joined to the main boom at the

Middle 1 connection.

(A) – Establishing the connection

The swing-away lattice is folded onto the main
boom so that the connecting points on
section 1 and the Middle 1 connection line up.

• Remove the pin (1) from connecting point (2)

and insert it into connecting point (3).
• Secure the pin.

(B) – Disconnecting the connection

• Remove the pin (1) from connecting point (2)
and insert it into connecting point (3).
• Secure the pin.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 69

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.6 Establishing/disconnecting the Front connection

The swing-away lattice is folded to the slewing connection or the main

boom at the Front connection. The Front connection must be unlocked to
swing the swing-away lattice in front of the main boom head.

We recommend using the rigging hook for operating; à p. 3 - 14.

The Front connection can be latched in 3 positions:
– Locked position
– Rigging position
– Unlocked position

Unlocked position

You can use the rigging hook for this

à p. 3 - 14.
• (A) – Pull out the stop pin (3) and turn it
clockwise by 90°.
• Grasp the pin (1) in the groove (2) and push
the pin (1) out all the way to the end stop
(direction of the arrow).

• (B) – Push the lever (4) upwards and to the

left so that it latches in position III
(unlocked).
Swing the swing-away lattice outwards.

01.07.2017

5 - 70 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Rigging position When the connection is set to the rigging position the swing-away lattice
latches into position when swung into the connection.

You can use the rigging hook for this

à p. 3 - 14.
• (A) – Pull out the stop pin (3) and turn it
clockwise by 90°.
• Grasp the pin (1) in the groove (2) and push
the pin (1) out all the way to the end stop
(direction of the arrow).

• (B) – Push the lever (4) upwards and to the

right so that it latches in position II (rigging
position).
• Pull out the stop pin (3) and turn it anticlock-
wise by 90°.
This secures the pin (1) against slipping out
when the swing-away lattice is swung into
the connection.

Locked position The swing-away lattice is in the rigging position. Swing-away lattice is
folded in and latched into position.

You can use the rigging hook for this

à p. 3 - 14.
• (A) – Pull out the stop pin (3) and turn it
clockwise by 90°.
• Grasp the pin (1) in the groove (2) and push
the pin (1) in all the way to the end stop
(direction of the arrow).
• Pull out the stop pin (3) and turn it anticlock-
wise by 90°.

• (B) – Move the lever (4) to position I (locked).

Push the lever (4) upwards, move it to the
middle position and then allow it to slide
down.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 71

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.7 Folding the run-up rail out/in

The run-up rail is folded out for rigging and folded in again for on-road driv-
ing after unrigging.

G
Risk of accidents when permitted overall width is exceeded.
Always fold in the run-up rail before driving. When the run-up rail is folded
out, the overall width specified for on-road driving is exceeded.

Folding out the run-up rail

You can use the rigging hook for this
à p. 3 - 14.
• (A) – Release the spring latch (1).

• (B) – Fold out the run-up rail (2) until the

locking bar (3) engages in the bore hole (4).

Folding in the run-up rail

You can use the rigging hook for this
à p. 3 - 14.
• (A) – Pull the locking bar (3) downwards
against the spring force, and out of the bore
hole (4).
• Fold in the run-up rail (2) slightly and let go
of the locking bar (3).

• (B) – Fold the run-up rail (2) fully inwards

until the spring latch (1) engages.
01.07.2017

5 - 72 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.8 Establishing/separating the slewing connection

G
Risk of accidents if used improperly!
Attach slings to the swing-away lattice only at the designated slinging
points. Use only lifting gear and joining elements of sufficient load bearing
capacity.

Prerequisites:
For the derricking swing-away lattice:
– The derricking cylinder is derricked into position (A); à p. 5 - 112.
For the inclinable swing-away lattice:
– The swing-away lattice is in the 0° position; à p. 5 - 115.
– A guide rope must be attached.

Connecting
• If necessary, swing the swing-away lattice
until the connecting points (2)are aligned.
• Remove the pins (1) from the clamps (3) and
plug them into the connecting points (2).
• Secure the pins.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 73

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Disconnecting

G
Risk of accidents due to the swing-away lattice falling!
Ensure that the swing-away lattice is slung on an auxiliary crane or
attached to the main boom before separating the slewing connection. This
prevents the swing-away lattice from falling down and injuring or killing
you or other persons.

When rigging in the transport position:

• Ensure that the Front connection is estab-
lished; à
p. 5 - 70.

• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting

points (2) and plug them into the clamp (3).
• Secure the pins.

01.07.2017

5 - 74 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.9 Establishing/separating the connection between the main

boom/section 4

– The swing-away lattice is slung on an auxiliary crane and us handing in

front of the main boom or
– The swing-away lattice is swivelled in front of the main boom.
– A guide rope must be attached.

G
Risk of accidents due to swinging parts!
Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before estab-
lishing or separating connections.
This prevents you from being crushed or caught by swinging sections.

Connecting
• Align the connecting points (2).
• Remove the pins (1) from the clamps (3) and
insert them into the connecting points (2).
• Secure the pins.

Disconnecting
To increase the free space when driving out
the lower pins, you can fold the rope guide (4)
downwards; à
p. 5 - 76.

• Check that the electrical and hydraulic con-

nections have been disconnected.
• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting
points (2) and insert them into the clamps (3).
• Secure the pins.
• If necessary, fold the rope guide (4)
upwards; à p. 5 - 76.
01.07.2017

s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 75
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Folding the rope guide downwards

• (A) – Remove the pins (1) from the right and
left sides of the connecting points (2).
• (B) – Fold the rope guide (3) downwards.
• Insert the pins (1) back into the connecting
points (2) at the left and right sides.
• Secure the pins.

Folding the rope guide up

• (A) – Remove the pins (1) from the right and
left sides of the connecting points (2).
• (B) – Fold the rope guide (3) upwards.
• Insert the pins (1) back into the connecting
points (2) at the left and right sides.
• Secure the pins.

01.07.2017

5 - 76 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.10 Establishing/separating connections between lattice extension

sections – during installation/removal

Depending on the swing-away lattice A - C being used, you must establish/

separate different connections to 1 4 for sections1 4 to .

1 2 - Section 4
Section à p. 5 - 78
2 Section 3 - Section 4 à p. 5 - 80
3 Section 2 - Section 3 à p. 5 - 81
4 Section 1 - Section 2 à p. 5 - 82

G
Risk of accidents due to swinging parts!
Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before
establishing or separating connections.
This prevents you from being crushed or caught by swinging sections.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 77

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Section 2 -
Section 4

Connecting
• Attach section 2 to an auxiliary crane.
• Align the connecting points (2).
• Remove the pins (1) from the clamps (3) and
insert them into the connecting points (2) as
shown below.
• Secure the pins.

Direction when inserting the pins

If you insert the pins in a different direction
than shown here, this can cause problems
later when section 4 is rigged from the folded
swing-away lattice.

1 Pin
2 Pin with double taper

The arrow indicates the direction when insert-

ing the pin.

01.07.2017

5 - 78 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Disconnecting
A guide rope must be attached.

• Attach section 2 to an auxiliary crane.

• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting
points (2) and insert them into the clamps (3).
• Secure the pins.
• Lift section 2 off from section 4.

H
You can also separate section 2 from section 4 on the ground. To do this
you must first disconnect the electrical connections between the sections.

G
Risk of accidents due to falling sections!
Before you separate section 2 from section 4 on the ground you must first
support the individual sections so that they cannot fall over.
This prevents the sections falling to the ground after separation and injur-
ing you or other people.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 79

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Section 3 -
Section 4

Connecting
• Attach section 3 to an auxiliary crane.
• Align the connecting points (2).
• Remove the pins (1) from the clamps (3) and
insert them into the connecting points (2).
Observe the correct direction when insert-
ing the pins;à p. 5 - 78.
• Secure the pins.

Disconnecting
A guide rope must be attached.

• Attach section 3 to an auxiliary crane.

• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting
points (2) and insert them into the clamps (3).
• Secure the pins.
• Lift section 3 off from section 4.

01.07.2017

5 - 80 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Section 2 -
Section 3

Connecting
• Attach section 2 to an auxiliary crane.
• Align the connecting points (2).
• Remove the pins (1) from the clamps (3) and
insert them into the connecting points (2).
Observe the correct direction when insert-
ing the pins;à p. 5 - 78.
• Secure the pins.

Disconnecting
A guide rope must be attached.

• Attach section 2 to an auxiliary crane.

• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting
points (2) and insert them into the clamps (2).
• Secure all pins.
• Lift section 2 off from section 3.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 81

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Section 1 -
Section 2

Connecting
• Attach section 1 to an auxiliary crane.
• Align the connecting points (2).
• Remove the pins (1) from the clamps (3) and
insert them into the connecting points (2).
• Secure the pins.

Disconnecting
A guide rope must be attached.

• Attach section 1 to an auxiliary crane.

• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting
points (2) and insert them into the clamps (3).
• Secure the pins.
• Lift section 1 off from section 2.

H
One you have lifted sections 1 and 2 together you can then separate
section 1 from section 2 on the ground. To do this you must first disconnect
the electrical connections between the sections.

G
Risk of accidents due to falling sections!
Before you separate section 1 from section 2 on the ground you must first
support the individual sections so that they cannot fall over.
In this way you avoid that the sections fall to the ground after they have
01.07.2017

been separated, and injure you or other people.

5 - 82 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.11 Section 1/section 2 – Establish/separate the right-hand

connection

Connecting The connection is established during unrigging.

• Slew section 2 to section 1 until the connect-

ing points (2) are aligned.
• Remove the pin (1) from the clamp (3).
• Insert the conical pin (1) into the lower con-
necting point (2) and secure it.
• Insert the pin (1) into the upper connecting
point (2) and secure it.

Disconnecting The connection is separated during rigging.

G
Risk of accidents due to falling parts!
Ensure that all necessary connections have been established as specified in
the checklist before separating this connection.
This prevents any swing-away lattice sections from falling down during
swinging, or when the main boom is raised later.

• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting

points (2) and insert them into the clamps (3).
• Secure the pins.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 83

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.12 Section 1/section 2 – Establish/separate the left-hand

connection

Connecting The connection is established during rigging.

• Remove the pins (1) from the clamps (3) and

plug them into the connecting points (2).
• Secure the pins.

Disconnecting The connection is separated during unrigging.

G
Risk of accidents through section 1 swinging of its own accord!
Always approach the connecting point from the left side only and position
a ladder only to the left of section 2.
This prevents section 1 from swinging of its own accord and crushing you
or knocking you off the ladder.

G
Risk of accidents due to falling section!
Ensure that all necessary connections have been established as specified in
the checklist before separating this connection.
This prevents section 1 from falling during slewing. 01.07.2017

5 - 84 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting

points (2) and plug them into the clamp (3).
• Secure the pins.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 85

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.13 Section 1/section 2 – Establishing/separating the Folded

connection

Section 1 swung on to section 2.

Connecting
• Remove the pin (1) from the connecting
point (2).
• Fold the locking bar (3) until it is aligned with
the connecting point (4) on section 1.
• Insert the pin (1) into the connecting point (4)
and secure it.

Disconnecting

G
Risk of accidents due to falling parts!
Ensure that all necessary connections have been established as specified in
the checklist before separating this connection.
This prevents any swing-away lattice sections from falling down during
swinging, or when the main boom is raised later.

• Remove the pin (1) from the connecting

point (4).
• Fold the locking bar (3) until it is aligned with
the connecting point (2) on section 2.
• Insert the pin (1) into the connecting point (2)
and secure it.
01.07.2017

5 - 86 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.14 Swinging the swing-away lattice

G
Risk of accidents due to uncontrolled swinging of the swing-away lattice!
Ensure that no people or objects are in the swinging range and always
swing the swing-away lattice with a guide rope from the ground.

S
Risk of damage to electrical and hydraulic connections!
Ensure that the hydraulic and electrical connections are not trapped/
jammed when swinging.

A guide rope must be attached to section 2; à p. 5 - 66.

Swing the swing-away lattice in front of the main boom head

• Swing the swing-away lattice in front of the main boom head using the
guide rope so that the connecting points line up.
• An extra person must keep the guide rope tightly tensioned or you must
fasten the guide rope so that the swing-away lattice cannot slew back
before the connection between the swing-away lattice and the main boom
has been established.

Swinging the swing-away lattice on to the main boom

Before swinging the swing-away lattice on to the main boom, you must
ensure that:
– For derricking swing-away lattice the derricking cylinder (1) is in position (A);
à p. 5 - 113,
– The 0° angle (2) is set for the inclinable swing-away lattice; à p. 5 - 115.

• Swing the swing-away lattice onto the main boom using the guide rope
so that the front connection (1) can be established and secured.
• Do not disconnect the slewing connection (2) until the Front connection
has been established and secured.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 87

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

• Swing the swing-away lattice onto the main boom using the guide rope
so that the rear connection (1) can be established and secured. Use the rig-
ging rope for this;à p. 5 - 67.

5.4.15 Slewing section 1

G
Risk of accidents through section 1 swinging round
Ensure that no people or objects are in the slewing range of the section and
always swing section 1 with a guide rope from the ground.

S
Risk of damage to the electrical connection!
Ensure that the electrical connection is not trapped/jammed when
swinging.

A guide rope must be attached to section 1; à p. 5 - 66.

Swing section 1 in front of section 2

• Swing section 1 in front of section 2 Using the guide rope so that the con-
necting points line up.
• An extra person must keep the guide rope tightly tensioned or you must
fasten the guide rope so that section 1 cannot slew back before the con-
nection between the sections has been established.

Slewing section 1 against section 2

• Swing section 1 against section 2 using the guide rope.
• An extra person must keep the guide rope tightly tensioned or you must
fasten the guide rope so that section 1 cannot slew back before the Folded
connection between the sections has been established.
01.07.2017

5 - 88 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.16 Establishing/disconnecting the hydraulic connection – Main

boom/swing-away lattice

Connecting
• Remove the hoses (2) from the clamps (3).
• Connect the hoses to the connections (1)
(match the markings).

S
Risk of damage to the hoses!
Feed the hoses under the main boom head so that they hang freely. Ensure
that the hoses cannot be ripped off when folding the lattice extension.

Disconnecting
• Remove the hoses (2) from the
connections (1).
• Close the hoses and the connections (1) with
the caps.
• Wind the hoses (2) onto the clamp (3).
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 89

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.17 Establishing/disconnecting electrical connections –

swing-away lattice

G
Risk of crushing due to movement of swing-away lattice
Always lock the swing-away lattice or secure it with the guide ropes to pre-
vent it from swinging before you start establishing or disconnecting electri-
cal connections.
This prevents the swing-away lattice from swinging and crushing you.

Depending on the swing-away lattice A - C being used, you must establish/

separate different electrical connections1 5
to for sections to1 4.

1 Section 4 - Main boom à p. 5 - 91

2 Section 2 - Section 4 à p. 5 - 93
3 Section 3 - Section 4 à p. 5 - 95
4 Section 2 - Section 3 à p. 5 - 97
5 Section 1 - Section 2 à p. 5 - 99
01.07.2017

5 - 90 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Section 4 - Main
boom

Making the electrical connections

• Unwind the cable (3) from the clamp (4).

• Remove the plug (2) from the dummy
socket (5) and plug it into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) in such a way that it will not
be damaged during crane operation and
when swinging the swing-away lattice.

Making the connections for the camera

• Unwind the cable (3) from the clamp (4).

• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) in such a way that it will not
be damaged during crane operation and
when swinging the swing-away lattice.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 91

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Disconnecting the electrical connections

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1) and
plug it into the dummy socket (5).
• Wind the cable (3) on to the clamp (4).
• Cover the socket (1) with the cap.

Disconnecting – for the camera

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).

• Wind the cable (3) on to the clamp (4).
• Cover the plug and socket with caps.

01.07.2017

5 - 92 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Section 2 -
Section 4

Making the electrical connections

– With ISS
• Unwind the cable (3) from the clamp (4).
• Remove the plug (2) from the dummy
socket (5) and plug it into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be dam-
aged during crane operation.

– Without ISS
• Unwind the cable (8) from the clamp (9).
• Remove the plug (7) from the dummy
socket (10) and plug it into the socket (6).
• Lay the cable (8) so that it will not be dam-
aged during crane operation.

Making the connections for the camera

• Unwind the cable (3) from the clamp (4).

• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be dam-
aged during crane operation.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 93

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Disconnecting the electrical connections

– With ISS
• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1)
and plug it into the dummy socket (5).
• Wind the cable (3) on to the clamp (4).
• Cover the socket (1) with the cap.

– Without ISS
• Remove the plug (7) from the socket (6)
and plug it into the dummy socket (10).
• Wind the cable (8) on to the clamp (9).
• Cover the socket (6) with the cap.

Disconnecting – for the camera

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).

• Wind the cable (3) on to the clamp (4).
• Cover the plug and socket with caps.

01.07.2017

5 - 94 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Section 3 -
Section 4

Making the electrical connections

– With ISS
• Unwind the cable (3) from the clamp (4).
• Remove the plug (2) from the dummy
socket (5) and plug it into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be dam-
aged during crane operation.

– Without ISS
• Unwind the cable (8) from the clamp (9).
• Remove the plug (7) from the dummy
socket (10) and plug it into the socket (6).
• Lay the cable (8) so that it will not be dam-
aged during crane operation.

Making the connections for the camera

• Unwind the cable (3) from the clamp (4).

• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be dam-
aged during crane operation.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 95

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Disconnecting the electrical connections

– With ISS
• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1)
and plug it into the dummy socket (5).
• Wind the cable (3) on to the clamp (4).
• Cover the socket (1) with the cap.

– Without ISS
• Remove the plug (7) from the socket (6)
and plug it into the dummy socket (10).
• Wind the cable (8) on to the clamp (9).
• Cover the socket (6) with the cap.

Disconnecting – for the camera

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).

• Wind the cable (3) on to the clamp (4).
• Cover the plug and socket with caps.

01.07.2017

5 - 96 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Section 2 -
Section 3

Making the electrical connections

• Unwind the cable (3) from the clamp (4).

• Remove the plug (2) from the dummy
socket (5) and plug it into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be dam-
aged during crane operation.

Making the connections for the camera

• Unwind the cable (3) from the clamp (4).

• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be dam-
aged during crane operation.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 97

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Disconnecting the electrical connections

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1) and

plug it into the dummy socket (5).
• Wind the cable (3) on to the clamp (4).
• Cover the socket (1) with the cap.

Disconnecting – for the camera

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).

• Wind the cable (3) on to the clamp (4).
• Cover the plug and socket with caps.

01.07.2017

5 - 98 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Section 1 -
Section 2

Making the electrical connections

• Unwind the cable (3) from the clamp (4).

• Remove the plug (2) from the dummy
socket (5) and plug it into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be dam-
aged during crane operation and when
slewing section 1.

Making the connections for the camera

• Unwind the cable (3) from the clamp (4).

• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be dam-
aged during crane operation and when
slewing section 1.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 99

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Disconnecting the electrical connections

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1) and

plug it into the dummy socket (5).
• Wind the cable (3) on to the clamp (4).
• Cover the socket (1) with the cap.

Disconnecting – for the camera

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).

• Wind the cable (3) on to the clamp (4).
• Cover the plug and socket with caps.

01.07.2017

5 - 100 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.18 Fold the deflection sheaves in/out on section 2 and section 4

Folding out

G
Risk of crushing!
Always hold the deflection sheaves on section 4 by the handle, and always
hold the deflection sheave on section 2 by the strut, when removing the
pins.

On section 4
• (A) – Hold the deflection sheave (3) firmly by
the handle (1) and pull out the pin (2).
• (B) – Fold the deflection sheave (3) upwards
until it is aligned with the connecting point.
• Insert the pin (2) into the connecting point.
• Secure the pin.

On section 2
• (A) – Hold the deflection sheave (2) firmly by
the strut (1) and pull out the pin (3).
• (B) – Fold the deflection sheave (2) upwards
until it is aligned with the connecting point.
• Insert the pin (3) into the connecting point.
• Secure the pin.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 101

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Folding in You must fold in the deflection sheaves in order to drive with a folded
swing-away lattice.

G
Risk of accidents by exceeding total permissible height!
Fold in the deflection sheaves when the swing-away lattice is folded on the
main boom for driving. When the deflection sheaves are folded out, the
overall height specified for on-road driving is exceeded.

G
Risk of crushing!
Always hold the deflection sheaves on section 4 by the handle, and always
hold the deflection sheave on section 2 by the strut, when removing the
pins.
Your fingers can be crushed if you hold a sheave by the side panel.

On section 4
• (A) – Hold the deflection sheave (3) firmly by
the handle (1) and pull out the pin (2).
• (B) – Fold the deflection sheave (3) down-
wards until it is aligned with the connecting
point.
• Insert the pin (2) into the connecting point.
• Secure the pin.

On section 2
• (A) – Hold the deflection sheave (2) firmly by
the strut (1) and pull out the pin (3).
• (B) – Fold the deflection sheave (2) down-
wards until it is aligned with the connecting
point.
• Insert the pin (3) into the connecting point.
• Secure the pin.
01.07.2017

5 - 102 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.19 Folding the deflection sheaves on section 3 into the operating

position/transport position

In the operating position

• (A) – Hold the deflection sheave (1) firmly by
the handle and pull the pin (2) out of the con-
necting point (3).
• Take the deflection sheave (1) out of the
clamp (4).

• (B) – Insert the deflection sheave (1) into the

clamp (6).
• Insert the pin (2) into the connecting point (5).
• Secure the pin.

In the transport position

• (A) – Remove the pin (2) from the connecting
point (5).
• Take the deflection sheave (1) out of the
clamp (6) using the handle.

• (B) – Lift the deflection sheave (1) by the

handle into the clamp (4) so that the connec-
tion point (3) lines up.
• Insert the pin (2) into the connecting point (3).
• Secure the pin.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 103

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.20 Attaching/removing the hoist rope

You can use the rigging hook for this à p. 3 - 14.

G
Risk of accidents due to falling parts!
Always secure the sheaves and rods for securing the hoist rope with
retaining pins.
This prevents elements from coming loose or falling and causing injuries.

Fitting with combinations A to C

• Remove the sheaves (6) and rods (6).
• Guide the hoist rope over the deflection sheaves (1) to (3) and over the
head sheave (4) or (5) according to the swing-away lattice being used.
• Install all sheaves (6) and all rods (6).
• Secure the sheaves (6) and all rods (6).
01.07.2017

5 - 104 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Removing with combinations A to C

• Remove the sheaves (7) and rods (7).
• Remove the hoist rope from the head sheave (5) or (6) and the deflection
sheaves (4) to (1), according to the swing-away lattice being used. Lay the
hoist rope down on the ground at the left-hand side or roll it onto the
drum up to the main boom head/hoist.
• Install all sheaves (7) and all rods (7).
• Secure the sheaves (7) and all rods (7).

Possible reeving Reeve the hoist rope into the hook block; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L
methods Operating Instructions.

1 sheave hook block

Reeving
A 2x
B 1x

Hook tackle
Reeving
C 1x

• Combination A only – With a 2-fall reeving, fasten the rope end clamp to
the rope attachment point (1).
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 105

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.21 Installing / removing the lifting limit switch

Installation If only a single lifting limit switch is available you must use the lifting limit
switch belonging to the main boom; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating
Instructions.

If several lifting limit switches are available, all those lifting limit switches
on the main boom from which no lifting limit switch weight is suspended
must be bridged; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

On section 1
• Plug the lifting limit switch (4) onto the
clamp (3).
• Secure the lifting limit switch.
• Fasten the cable so that it does not sag dur-
ing crane operation and thus might be dam-
aged.
• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).
• Install the lifting limit switch weight (5) and
lay it around the hoist rope; à GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

On section 2
• Plug the lifting limit switch (4) onto the
clamp (3).
• Secure the lifting limit switch.
• Fasten the cable so that it does not sag dur-
ing crane operation and thus might be dam-
aged.
• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).
• Install the lifting limit switch weight (5) and
lay it around the hoist rope; à GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
01.07.2017

5 - 106 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Removing

From Section 1
• Remove the lifting limit switch weight (5);
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instruc-
tions.
• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).
• Cover the socket (1) with the cap.
• Remove the lifting limit switch (4) from the
clamp (3).
• Stow the lifting limit switch away so that it is
safe in traffic, or mount it on the main boom;
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instruc-
tions.

From Section 2
• Remove the lifting limit switch weight (5);
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instruc-
tions.
• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).
• Cover the socket (1) with the cap.
• Remove the lifting limit switch (4) from the
clamp (3).
• Stow the lifting limit switch away so that it is
safe in traffic, or mount it on the main boom;
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instruc-
tions.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 107

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.22 Installing / removing the anemometer and air traffic control

light

Installation The anemometer and the air traffic control light – if provided – are located
on the same rod.

On section 1
• Insert the rod (5) into the clamp (3) and
secure it.
• Remove the cable from the clamps (4) and
connect
– the anemometer to the socket (1),
– the air traffic control light to the socket (2).
• Lay the cables in such a way that they will
not be damaged during crane operation.
• Check that the anemometer is able to swing
so that it hangs vertically even when the
main boom is raised.

On section 2
• Insert the rod (5) into the clamp (3) and
secure it.
• Remove the cable from the clamps (4) and
connect
– the anemometer to the socket (2),
– the air traffic control light to the socket (1).
• Lay the cables in such a way that they will
not be damaged during crane operation.
• Check that the anemometer is able to swing
so that it hangs vertically even when the
main boom is raised.

Switching the air traffic control light on and off; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Operating Instructions.
01.07.2017

5 - 108 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Removing You must remove the rod with the anemometer/air traffic control light
before driving on the road.

• Switch off the air traffic control light.

From Section 1
• Remove the plug and close the sockets (1)
and (2) with caps.
• Wind the cable on to the clamp (4).
• Remove the rod (5) from the clamp (3).
• Stow away the anemometer so that it is safe
in traffic;
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 109

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.23 Installing / removing the camera

Operating the camera; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

Installation

On section 1
• Insert the camera (2) into the clamp (1) and
secure it.
• Insert the plug (4) into the socket (3).
• Lay the cable (5) so that it will not be dam-
aged during crane operation.

On section 2
• Insert the camera (2) into the clamp (1) and
secure it.
• Insert the plug (4) into the socket (3).
• Lay the cable (5) so that it will not be dam-
aged during crane operation.

01.07.2017

5 - 110 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Removing

From Section 1
• Take the plug (3) out of the socket (4) and
close the socket with the cap.
• Remove the camera (2) from the clamp (1)
and fasten the retaining pin in the clamp.
• Stow away the camera so that it will not be
damaged during crane operation.

From Section 2
• Take the plug (3) out of the socket (4) and
close the socket with the cap.
• Remove the camera (2) from the clamp (1)
and fasten the retaining pin in the clamp.
• Stow away the camera so that it will not be
damaged during crane operation.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 111

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.25 Derricking the swing-away lattice for rigging work – hand-held

control

Derricking the swing-away lattice in operation; à p. 5 - 125.

Before derricking the lattice extension, enter an RCL code for working with
the lattice extension so that derricking will be enabled; à Setting the RCL,
p. 5 - 123.

The button (1) is only active when the swing-away lattice is electrically con-
nected.

• Press the button (1) – the engine starts.

Pre-select the lattice extension derricking gear

• Press the button (1).
– The lamp in the button will illuminate.

Derricking the swing-away lattice

• Press the button combination for the desired movement:
1 Raise swing-away lattice
2 Lower swing-away lattice

The further you press the button (1) or (2) in, the faster the movement.

The pre-selected movement will be executed until you let go of the respec-
tive button or until the respective end position has been reached.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 113

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.26 Derricking the swing-away lattice – Section 2 control unit

The control unit (1) provides an additional

method for raising/lowering the swing-away
lattice.

The control unit moves when derricking,

which means that derricking should preferably
be operated via the hand-held control or from
the crane cab.

The control unit should only be used for reliev-

ing the load on the connecting points between
the swing-away lattice and main boom, when
the swing-away lattice is set down with the
skids (2) on the ground or for carefully setting
the skids onto the ground after the swing-
away lattice has been derricked almost to the
ground using a different control unit.

G
Risk of crushing due to swing-away lattice movements!
Take care to ensure that your feet, fingers or hands are not crushed when
raising/lowering the swing-away lattice.

G
Risk of accidents due to swing-away lattice movements!
Perform derricking standing next to the derricking area with both feet on
the ground and derrick the swing-away lattice only within a small area
above the ground that you can easily reach. Do not use a ladder.
This prevents the swing-away lattice from knocking you off the ladder and
also prevents you from falling of the ladder as you follow the control unit
during derricking.

Prerequisite
– The electrical connections between the swing-away lattice and the main
boom have been established; à
p. 5 - 90.

Derricking the swing-away lattice

Raising: • Press the buttons (1) and (3) – the swing-away lattice
lowers.
Lowering: • Press the buttons (2) and (3) – the swing-away lattice is
raises.
01.07.2017

The swing-away lattice is raised or lowered until you release the button or
an end position is reached.

5 - 114 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.27 Setting the angle – with an auxiliary crane

This section is only valid for the inclinable swing-away lattice.

G
Risk of accidents due to swing-away lattice folding down
Always secure the swing-away lattice with an auxiliary crane or by setting
it down on the ground before knocking out the pins for angling.
In this way, you prevent the swing-away lattice from suddenly unfolding
downwards and causing personal injury.

• Lift the swing-away lattice using an auxiliary

crane.
• Remove the pin (1) from the bore.
• Insert the pin for the desired angle into the
corresponding bore (1).
Angle Bore
(°)
0 (2)

15 (3)

30 (4)

50 in the clamp (5)

• Secure the pin.

• Lower the swing-away lattice down or lift
it up.
• Remove the lifting gear.
If the swing-away lattice now touches the
ground at the set angle, then the angle will set
itself when the main boom is raised.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 115

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

5.4.28 Setting the angle – without the auxiliary crane

If an auxiliary crane is not available, the swing-away lattice must be set

down before it is angled.

S
Risk of damage to the hoist rope!
Unreeve the hook block and set down the hoist rope beside the swing-away
lattice before you angle the swing-away lattice.
In this way you prevent the hoist rope from being damaged when the head
of the swing-away lattice is set down on the ground for angling.

Entering the RCL For angling without an auxiliary crane, you must enter the RCL code for
code working with a mounted lattice extension.

Comply with the information in the section Rigging tables - lattice extension in
the lifting capacity tables. Among other information, this specifies the possi-
ble telescoping modes and the maximum lifting capacity.

G
Risk of overturning with impermissible rigging mode
Always enter the RCL rigging code for the current rigging mode of the truck
crane, and only slew the superstructure into the operating position permit-
ted by the RCL rigging code set according to the lifting capacity table.
This prevents the truck crane from overturning when the main boom is tel-
escoped out.

G
Risk of overturning with raised hook block (hook tackle)!
The telescoping range which is enabled for the RCL code set is only permit-
ted for telescoping without a load and without hook block/hook tackle.
When the main boom is fully extended, load measurement is not possible
and the RCL monitoring depends on the working radius only.
For this reason, you must unreeve the hook block. This prevents the truck
crane from overturning when the main boom is telescoped out.
01.07.2017

5 - 116 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Setting the angle This section assumes that the swing-away lattice has been locked in front of
the main boom and the unreeved hoist rope has been set down beside the
swing-away lattice.

G
Risk of accidents if this procedure is not followed.
For the procedure described here, the swing-away lattice must be set down
on the ground. If the swing-away lattice is to be set down on some other
structure for inclination, please bear in mind that the swing-away lattice will
slide towards the truck crane when raised, until the angle of inclination is
reached.
While doing that, the swing-away lattice could slip off an unsuitable struc-
ture, fold down and cause personal injury.

G
Risk of accidents when RCL is overridden.
Never override the RCL if the crane movements are switched off. In this way
you prevent the superstructure from being slewed out of the permissible
working range and the truck crane tipping over as a result.

• For inclining, enter the correct RCL code for the current rigging mode of
the truck crane; à lifting capacity tables.

• Slew the superstructure into an operating position permitted by the lifting

capacity table for the RCL rigging code set.

H
The following diagrams each show an example of a crane.

• Extend the main boom as far as is permitted

for the RCL rigging code set, or as far as pos-
sible given the space available.

• Lower the main boom until the swing-away

lattice head touches the ground.
• If the ground cannot be reached, you can
incline the truck crane further; à p. 5 - 121.
01.07.2017

s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 117
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

H
In the steps which follow, the swing-away lattice head is pulled or pushed
over the ground. Lay boards, for example, under the skids on the head so
that it is not pushed into the ground or damaged.

• If necessary, relieve the load on the pin (1)

by raising slightly.
• Move the pin (1) into the position for the
angle required, e.g. for angle of 15°;
à Setting the angle – with an auxiliary crane,
p. 5 - 115.

• Raise the main boom slowly.

When doing so, the head of the swing-away
lattice will be pulled across the ground.
• Raise the main boom until the swing-away
lattice head is no longer touching the
ground.
The swing-away lattice will then be inclined by
the angle set, e.g. 15°.

If you inclined the truck crane using the outriggers in order to set the angle,
align it to the horizontal again.

• Fully retract the main boom. While doing so,

the swing-away lattice must not touch the
ground (raise now and then if necessary).
01.07.2017

5 - 118 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

• Set the head of the swing-away lattice down

on the ground.

• Slowly lower the main boom into a horizon-

tal position.
When doing so, the head of the swing-away
lattice will be pushed across the ground.
The swing-away lattice is now in the right
position for attaching the hoist rope.

Setting a 0° angle The section assumes that no load has been raised and that the hook block
has been unreeved.

• Set the head of the swing-away lattice down

on the ground.

H
In the steps which follow, the swing-away lattice head is pulled or pushed
over the ground. Lay boards, for example, under the skids on the head so
that it is not pushed into the ground or damaged.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 119

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

• Slowly lower the main boom into a horizon-

tal position.
When doing so, the head of the lattice exten-
sion will be pushed across the ground.
• Remove the hoist rope (1) and set it down
beside the swing-away lattice.

• Slowly lower the main boom until the

swing-away lattice head is no longer touch-
ing the ground.

• Enter the RCL code for the current rigging

mode.
• Extend the main boom as far as is permitted
for the RCL rigging code set, or as far as pos-
sible given the space available.

• Lower the main boom until the swing-away

lattice head touches the ground.
• If the ground cannot be reached, you can
incline the truck crane further; à p. 5 - 121.

• Slowly lower the main boom until the 0°

angle is reached.
When doing so, the head of the swing-away
lattice will be pushed across the ground.
• Put the pin (1) of the angle piece into the
position for a 0° angle; à Setting the angle –
with an auxiliary crane, p. 5 - 115.
01.07.2017

5 - 120 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

• Derrick the main boom into the horizontal

position and retract it completely.
The swing-away lattice is now in the right
position to continue unrigging.

H
If you inclined the truck crane using the outriggers, align it to the horizontal
now so that the swing-away lattice sections can be folded more easily.

Inclining the truck For inclining, you must set the swing-away lattice down on the ground by
crane extending and lowering the main boom.

Depending on the space available, the condition of the terrain or a limitation

on the telescoping due to the current rigging mode, it may be that the
swing-away lattice cannot be set down on the ground by telescoping and
lowering the main boom.

In this case, you can use the outriggers to incline the truck crane.

G
Risk of accidents if the wheels touch the ground!
Make sure that the wheels do not touch the ground when the truck crane
has been inclined. In this way you prevent a reduction in the stability of the
truck crane, which could lead to it tipping over when setting the angle.

• Extend the supporting cylinders on the counterweight side.

• Retract the supporting cylinders on the main boom side, if necessary. Be
sure that the wheels do not touch the ground when doing this.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 121

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.4 Rigging work

Blank page

01.07.2017

5 - 122 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.5 Operation with swing-away lattice

5.5 Operation with swing-away lattice

The raising, lowering, slewing, derricking and telescoping movements of
the main boom are carried out in the same way as when operating with the
main boom. This section only contains information that you will addition-
ally need for a rigged or installed swing-away lattice.

5.5.1 Setting the RCL

Input
• Enter the current rigging mode for operation with a rigged swing-away
lattice into the RCL. Either via the corresponding RCL code in accordance
with the lifting capacity table or via the individual components.
If you enter the current rigging mode via the individual components then
you must also additionally enter the length of the swing-away lattice.

• Enter the current reeving on the swing-away lattice for the hoisting gear
whose hoist rope is reeved on the swing-away lattice into the RCL.

H
The lifting capacity for the RCL code is enabled once the telescopic sections
are locked.

Shutdown Operation with the swing-away lattice is monitored by the RCL.

When operating with the swing-away lattice, RCL shutdowns may occur for
the same reasons as when operating with the main boom; à
GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

In certain rigging modes, the RCL shuts down when lifting loads that are
lighter than the maximum load bearing capacity specified in the lifting capac-
ity table.

– During operation with the swing-away lattice

If a hook block (3) is reeved at the main boom, then the displayed current
load (1) is influenced by
– The weight of the lifted load (2) and
01.07.2017

– The weight of the hook block (3).

s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 123
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.5 Operation with swing-away lattice

– During main boom operation

à Derricking the swing-away lattice in operation, p. 5 - 125.

5.5.2 Derricking the main boom

Slewing range
of 360°

G
Risk of accidents if the RCL is overridden!
Do not override the RCL when lowering the boom into horizontal position.
If the RCL is overridden, the crane operation will not be monitored and the
truck crane will overturn if it moves outside of the permissible working
range.

The prerequisites for permitting raising and lowering of the main boom
with a rigged swing-away lattice over a slewing range of 360° are monitored
by the RCL. Further information on the permissible angle ranges and lifting
à
capacities is provided in the lifting capacity table; Rigging tables - lattice
extension.

5.5.3 Telescoping with rigged swing-away lattice

Slewing range
of 360°

S
Risk of overloading the main boom!
If you are telescoping the main boom with the rigged swing-away lattice,
you may not simultaneously slew the superstructure.
This prevents the main boom from being overloaded by additional lateral
forces and increased vibration.

The telescoping of the main boom with a rigged swing-away lattice (in the
operating position) is monitored by the RCL.
Telescoping is only released at specific main boom and lattice extension
angles when a maximum permissible load is not exceeded. Further infor-
mation on the permissible angles and the maximum permissible load is
01.07.2017

provided in the lifting capacity tables. This also provides information on the
telescoping paths for rigging the swing-away lattice; à Rigging tables - lattice
extension.

5 - 124 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.5 Operation with swing-away lattice

5.5.4 Derricking the swing-away lattice in operation

Switching on the After the ignition is switched on, all of the power units will be switched off
derricking gear and the lamps in the corresponding buttons will light up only dimly.

• Press the button (1) once.

– The lamp in button (1) lights up brightly.
– Symbol (2) is green when the derricking gear is switched on.
If the control lever is assigned more than one function, all other power units
which are assigned the same control lever movement are switched off.

Raising and You can adjust the sensitivity of the control levers to the operating condi-
lowering tions; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

G
Risk of accidents due to unexpected crane movement!
If assigned more than one function, check that the lattice extension derricking
gear control lever function is switched on before you move the control lever
for derricking the swing-away lattice.
This prevents accidents due to unexpected crane movements.

Lowering: Push the control lever to the right - the swing-away lattice
will be lowered.
Raising: Push the control lever to the left - the swing-away lattice
will be raised.

Other derricking settings are performed in the same manner, as described

in the GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– Changing the engine speed
– Limiting the derricking speed
– Operating hours display

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 125

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.5 Operation with swing-away lattice

When derricking the swing-away lattice the RCL switches automatically to

the values for fixed angle and intermediate angle stated in the lifting capacity
table if permissible for the load currently being lifted.

If this switchover is not permitted for the load currently raised, derricking
will be switched off and a corresponding error message will be generated.

Switching off the

derricking gear

• Press the button (1) once.

– The lamp in the button (1) lights up dimly.
– Symbol (2) is red when the derricking gear is switched off.
All power units are switched off and the lamps in the corresponding buttons
light up only dimly after turning off the ignition.

5.5.5 Procedure if permissible wind speed is exceeded

G
Risk of accidents due to excessively high wind speeds!
If the current wind speed is higher than the maximum permissible wind
speed, cease crane operation immediately and set up the corresponding
rigging mode.
This will prevent the truck crane from overturning due to overload.

• Prior to and during crane operation, check whether the current wind
speed is lower than the maximum permissible wind speed.
• Make sure that you follow the instructions for checking the wind speed;
à Lifting capacity table and GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
If the maximum permitted wind speed is exceeded:
An automatic shutdown does not occur if the maximum permissible wind
speed is exceeded.
• Immediately cease crane operation.
• Put the truck crane into the rigging mode specified for the current wind
speed in the lifting capacity table.
01.07.2017

5 - 126 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.5 Operation with swing-away lattice

5.5.6 Information about the main boom operation when the swing-
away lattice is folded/rigged

Folded

During main boom operation with a folded swing-away lattice, the loads
specified in the lifting capacity table are reduced and displayed on the maxi-
mum load RCL display.

H
The lifting capacity tables contain operations planning information specifying
the values that must be subtracted from the specified maximum load bear-
ing capacities for certain rigging modes; à Remarks on working with the
swing-away lattice.

Rigged Main boom operation with rigged swing-away lattice combinations A and B
(in the operating position) is permitted.
You must enter an RCL code for the main boom without a swing-away lat-
tice in order to operate in this mode. This operating mode is only permissi-
ble under certain specific rigging modes.
More information on the permissible rigging modes and the swing-away
à
lattice lengths is provided in the lifting capacity tables; Remarks on working
with the swing-away lattice.

The lifting capacities specified in the lifting capacity table are reduced for
main boom operation with rigged swing-away lattice. The lifting capacity
tables contain operations planning information specifying the values that
must be subtracted from the specified maximum load bearing capacities for
certain rigging modes; à Remarks on working with the swing-away lattice.

The RCL display does not display the reduced values correctly.
This means that the displayed value can deviate from the value that was
previously calculated during the operations planning.

If this is the case, the RCL is not faulty. Do not override the RCL. Even if the
displayed value is higher than the calculated value.

G
Risk of accidents if the RCL is overridden!
01.07.2017

Do not under any circumstances override the RCL.

If the RCL is overridden, the crane operation will not be monitored and the
truck crane will overturn if it moves outside of the permissible working
range.

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 127

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.5 Operation with swing-away lattice

5.5.7 Instructions for turning loads over

Turning loads over with a swing-away lattice is only permitted with combi-
nations A or B;à Turning loads over, p. 11 - 1.

01.07.2017

5 - 128 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.6 Maintenance

5.6 Maintenance

H
If the swing-away lattice has been in storage for an extended period of time,
perform maintenance work on it before the next time it is used, at the very
latest.

5.6.1 Maintenance plan W W

Maintenance work on the LATTICE EXTENSION:

Weekly
Swing-away lattice
– Grease the piston rod of the derricking cylinder à p. 5 - 133

5.6.2 Maintenance plan M 1 M1

Maintenance work on the LATTICE EXTENSION:

monthly/after 100 oper. hrs.
Swing-away lattice
– Lubricate the pins à p. 5 - 130

5.6.3 Maintenance plan M 3 M3

Maintenance work on the LATTICE EXTENSION:

every three months/after 250 oper. hrs.
Swing-away lattice
– Check the sheaves à p. 5 - 130
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 129

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.6 Maintenance

5.6.4 Maintenance plan M 12 M 12

Maintenance work on the LATTICE EXTENSION:

every 12 months/after 1,000 operating hours
Swing-away lattice
– Lubricate joints à p. 5 - 134
Run-up rail
– Lubricate the spring latch à p. 5 - 135

5.6.5 Description of maintenance work

Pin
Grease 1) Designation Specifications GROVE
to DIN 51502 Classification section no.1)
Grease KP - L2K DIN 51825 00554201

1)
à Maintenance manual

Prerequisite
– The truck crane is secured against unauthorised use; à Maintenance
manual.
or
– The swing-away lattice is removed; à p. 5 - 30.
01.07.2017

5 - 130 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.6 Maintenance

Lubricate the pins

Lubricate the locking pins specified here.

– The pins (1) and (2) of the left/right connections on the main boom head,
and the slewing connection; à p. 5 - 73 and p. 5 - 75,
– The pins (3) for the connections between sections 4 and 3; à p. 5 - 80.
– The pins (4) for the connections between sections 2, 3 and 4; à p. 5 - 78
and p. 5 - 80.
– The pins (5) for the connections between section 1 and section 2;
à p. 5 - 82.
– The pins on the deflection sheaves on sections 1 to 4; à p. 5 - 101 and
p. 5 - 103.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 131

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.6 Maintenance

Sheaves
Grease 1) Designation Specifications GROVE
to DIN 51502 Classification section no.1)
Grease KP - L2K DIN 51825 00554201

1) à Maintenance manual

Check the sheaves

Check all sheaves specified here for damage, wear, mobility and heavy
soiling.

• Check the deflection sheaves (1), (2) and (3).

• Check the head sheaves (4) and (5).
• Have damaged, worn, stiff or extremely soiled sheaves replaced by
Manitowoc Crane Care or an authorised GROVE dealer or your repair crew.
01.07.2017

5 - 132 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.6 Maintenance

Piston rod

Designation GROVE part no.1)

Lubricant RHUS 2 AF; 1 kg 03325215
(Apply the grease with a brush)
or
Spray on Berulub; 0.5 litres 01929824
(spray-on)

1) à Maintenance manual

S
Risk of damage to the piston rod packing due to rust!
Ensure that the piston rod is always kept covered with a layer of grease.
This avoids the formation of rust which damages the piston rod packing
when lowering the boom.

Perform this maintenance work weekly or at the following points in time:

– After a longer period of storage
– After removal
– After every high-pressure cleaning of the truck crane
– Before the next usage of the crane
– Before putting out of service

• Clean any old grease, dirt particles and rust

from the piston rod (1).
• Grease the piston rod, making sure its is
evenly coated with a layer of grease.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 133

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.6 Maintenance

Joints
Grease 1) Designation Specifications GROVE
to DIN 51502 Classification section no.1)
Grease KP - L2K DIN 51825 00554201

1) à Maintenance manual

Prerequisite
– The truck crane is secured against unauthorised use; à Maintenance
manual.
or
– The swing-away lattice is removed; à p. 5 - 30.
Lubricate joints
Section 4 is fitted with four grease nipples (1).

• Clean the grease nipples (1).

• Press grease into the grease nipples (1) until
new grease comes out at the lubricating
point.

01.07.2017

5 - 134 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Swing-away lattice
5.6 Maintenance

Run-up rail
Grease 1) Designation Specifications GROVE
to DIN 51502 Classification section no.1)
Grease KP - L2K DIN 51825 00554201

1) à Maintenance manual

Prerequisite
– The truck crane is secured against unauthorised use; à Maintenance
manual.
or
– The swing-away lattice is removed; à p. 5 - 30.
Lubricate the spring latch
• Clean the grease nipple (1).
• Press grease into the grease nipple (1) until
new grease comes out at the lubricating
point.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 5 - 135

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Swing-away lattice
5.7 Finding and eliminating malfunctions

5.7 Finding and eliminating malfunctions

5.7.1 Troubleshooting table

Malfunction Cause Remedy

Lifting limit switch switches Lifting limit switch not con- Connect the lifting limit
off (lamp (1) lights up) nected. switch; à p. 5 - 106.
There is a second lifting limit Block the lifting limit switch;
switch connected to the main à GMK5150 / GMK5150L
boom and it is not locked. Operating Instructions.
One or more electrical con- Establish the electrical
nections are disconnected, connection; à p. 5 - 90.
according to the combination
A, B or C.

The main boom cannot be tel- The main boom is at an Derrick the main boom to the
escoped when the swing- impermissible angle. required angle; à p. 5 - 124.
away lattice is rigged

The swing-away lattice can- The lattice extension derrick- Lattice extension derricking
not be derricked ing gear is switched off. gear; à p. 5 - 113.
The electrical connection Establish the electrical
between main boom head connection; à p. 5 - 90.
and section 2 is separated.
The hydraulic connection has Establish the hydraulic con-
been disconnected. nection; à p. 5 - 89.
The specified RCL code does Enter the RCL code for opera-
not apply to operation with tion with the swing-away lat-
the lattice extension. tice;à p. 5 - 123.
The current load exceeds the 1. Raise the swing-away lat-
derricking load - The Lower tice.
swing-away lattice movement
2. If necessary, increase the
is disabled. RCL error code
working radius using the
5 02 6 is displayed.
Lower main boom move-
ment.
01.07.2017

5 - 136 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 6
6 Boom extension
6.1 Notes on this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1

6.2 Operations planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 3

6.2.1 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 3
6.2.2 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 6
6.2.3 Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 7
6.2.4 Transport dimensions and weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 8
6.2.5 Transport condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 8
6.3 Checklists for rigging work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 9
6.3.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 9
6.3.2 CHECKLIST: Installing the boom extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 10
6.3.3 CHECKLIST: Removing the boom extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 15
6.4 Description of the rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 21
6.4.1 Section 5 – Folding out/folding in the deflection sheave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 21
6.4.2 Section 5/main boom – Establish/separate the connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 22
6.4.3 Section 5/main boom – Establish/separate the electrical connections . . . . . . . 6 - 23
6.4.4 Section 5/main boom – Establish/separating the hydraulic connection . . . . . . 6 - 25
6.4.5 Section 5/section 5 – Establish/separate the connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 26
6.4.6 Section 5/section 5 – Establish/separate the electrical connections . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 27
6.4.7 Section 5/section 5 – Establish/separating the hydraulic connection. . . . . . . . . 6 - 29
6.4.8 Section 4 – Folding out/folding in the deflection sheave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 30
6.4.9 Section 2 – Folding out/folding in the deflection sheave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 31
6.4.10 Section 4/section 5 – Establishing/separating the connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 32
6.4.11 Section 4/section 5 – Establishing/separating the electrical connections . . . . . 6 - 33
6.4.12 Section 4/section 5 – Establishing/separating the hydraulic connection . . . . . . 6 - 35
6.4.13 Section 5 – Fitting/removing the hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 36
6.5 Operation with boom extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 37
6.5.1 Setting the RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 37
6.5.2 Derricking, telescoping the main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 38
6.5.3 Procedure if permissible wind speeds are exceeded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 39
6.5.4 Instructions for turning loads over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 39
6.6 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 41
6.6.3 Description of maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 42
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 01.07.2017

3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Boom extension
6.1 Notes on this chapter

6 Boom extension

6.1 Notes on this chapter

H
To assemble a boom extension A, B, C, D or E you need one or two
sections 5 and different parts of the swing-away lattice. The combinations D
and E are intended only for the GMK5150.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 6-1

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Boom extension
6.1 Notes on this chapter

This chapter describes the installation and

removal of section 5 and section 4.
The other sections are installed and removed
in the same manner as the swing-away lattice.
Reference is therefore made to the Swing-away
lattice chapter where appropriate.

The figures in this chapter show the rigging

procedure for boom extension C and E, in
which only section 4 is installed and removed.
With the other boom extensions, section 4 can
be installed with a section combination (1)
or (2) as long as appropriate slinging points
are provided for the combination.

01.07.2017

6-2 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Boom extension
6.2 Operations planning

6.2 Operations planning

6.2.1 Assembly

S
Risk of overturning in other combinations!
Assemble the boom extension only in the permissible combinations as
specified in the lifting capacity table. Other combinations are not monitored
by the RCL.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 6-3

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Boom extension
6.2 Operations planning

Permissible combinations

01.07.2017

6-4 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Boom extension
6.2 Operations planning

Combination Designation Z + Y 1) Sections used

9.8 + 9.4 m
A Boom extension A
(32.2 + 30.8 ft) 5+4+2
9.8 + 16.0 m
B Boom extension B
(32.2 + 52.5 ft) 5+4+2+1
9.8 + 24.0 m
C Boom extension C
(32.2 + 78.7 ft) 5+4+3+2+1
17,8 + 16,0 m
D2) Boom extension D 5+5+4+2+1
(58,4 + 52,5 ft)
17,8 + 24,0 m
E2) Boom extension E 5+5+4+3+2+1
(58,4 + 78,7 ft)

1) Designation in the lifting capacity table:

Z = length before setting the angle
Y = length after setting the angle
2)
Only for GMK5150
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 6-5

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Boom extension
6.2 Operations planning

6.2.2 Identification

Section 5

G
Risk of accidents when using an incorrect boom extension!
Install only the section 5 that belongs to the specific truck crane. Other
boom extensions must not be installed.

The truck crane and the corresponding

section 5 must be labelled with the same serial
number (1).

01.07.2017

6-6 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Boom extension
6.2 Operations planning

6.2.3 Slinging points

Section 5

G
Risk of accidents if used improperly!
Sling section 5 to the slinging points provided. Use only lifting gear and
joining elements of sufficient load bearing capacity.

The slinging points (1) are marked with stick-

ers (5).

The information on the weight and the neces-

sary lifting gear is provided on the sticker (3)
for the derricking design and the sticker (4) for
the inclinable design.

The grille (2) serves as the slinging point for

the guide rope.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 6-7

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Boom extension
6.2 Operations planning

6.2.4 Transport dimensions and weights

Section Version Length x width x Weight

height in kg (lbs)
in m (ft)
625
inclinable
8.10 x 0.65 x 1.105 (1 380)
5 (26.6 x 2.1 x 3.6) 650
derricking
(1 435)

6.2.5 Transport condition

Section 5

• Check that the heavy lattice load extension

is secure for transport or secure it now, if
necessary.
– All pins (1) are secured in the clamps.
– The electrical cable is closed with the
cap (3).
– The plug (5) has been inserted in the
dummy socket.
– The deflection sheave (6) is folded in and
secured.
– The section 5 must be secured to a suita-
ble support (7).
– With the derricking design, all hoses are
closed with the caps (2) and wound onto
the clamp (4).
01.07.2017

6-8 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Boom extension
6.3 Checklists for rigging work

6.3 Checklists for rigging work

6.3.1 Overview

The following table shows which checklist is applicable for any required
rigging work.

Required rigging work Checklist

– Installing the boom CHECKLIST: Installing the boom exten-
extension sion, p. 6 - 10
Boom extension
– Removing the boom CHECKLIST: Removing the boom exten-
extension sion, p. 6 - 15
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 6-9

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Boom extension
6.3 Checklists for rigging work

6.3.2 CHECKLIST: Installing the boom extension

H
This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying
instructions, which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warnings and safety instructions there!

1. Prerequisite
– The truck crane is supported on outriggers; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Operating Instructions.
– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be
rigged;à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The main boom must be completely retracted and lowered into the
horizontal position;àGMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The swing-away lattice is removed.
– An auxiliary crane must be available.

2. If necessary, mount the hose drum; à p. 4 - 3.

3. If necessary, check that the locking device has been released;

à p. 4 - 5.
01.07.2017

6 - 10 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Boom extension
6.3 Checklists for rigging work

4. If necessary, move the hoses into the position for working with the lat-
tice extension;à p. 4 - 6.

5. Check the transport condition of section 5; à p. 6 - 8.

6. Fold out and secure the deflection sheave on section 5; à p. 6 - 21.

7. – Attach slings to section 5 and attach a guide rope.

– Lift section 5 into position in front of the main boom.
à Identification, p. 6 - 6,
à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 6 - 8,
à Slinging points, p. 6 - 7.

8. – Establish a connection between section 5 and the main boom;

à p. 6 - 22.
– Remove the lifting gear and the guide rope.

9. Establish electrical connection between section 5 and the main boom;

à p. 6 - 23.
01.07.2017

s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 6 - 11
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Boom extension
6.3 Checklists for rigging work

10. If necessary, establish a hydraulic connection between section 5 and

the main boom; à
p. 6 - 25.

11. For combination D or E

– Check the transport condition of section 5; à p. 6 - 8.

– Fold out and secure the deflection sheave on section 5; à p. 6 - 21.

– Attach slings to section 5 and attach a guide rope.

– Lift section 5 into position in front of section 5.
à Identification, p. 6 - 6,
à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 6 - 8,
à Slinging points, p. 6 - 7

– Establish a connection between section 5 and section 5; à p. 6 - 26.

– Remove the lifting gear and the guide rope.

– Establish electrical connection between section 5 and section 5;

à p. 6 - 27.
01.07.2017

6 - 12 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Boom extension
6.3 Checklists for rigging work

– If necessary, establish a hydraulic connection between section 5 and

section 5; à p. 6 - 29.

12. Check the transport condition of the swing-away lattice; à p. 5 - 8.

13. Fold out and secure the deflection sheaves.

– On section 4; à p. 6 - 30.
– If necessary, at section 2; à
p. 6 - 31.

14. Depending on the boom extension, sling the necessary sections of the
swing-away lattice and fasten a guide rope.
à Assembly, p. 6 - 3.
à Slinging points, p. 5 - 4.

15. – Lift section 4 into position in front of section 5.

– Establish the connection between section 4 and section 5;
à p. 6 - 32.
– Remove the lifting gear and the guide rope.

16. Establish the electrical connection between section 4 and section 5;

à p. 6 - 33.
01.07.2017

s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 6 - 13
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Boom extension
6.3 Checklists for rigging work

17. If necessary, establish a hydraulic connection between section 4 and

section 5; à p. 6 - 35.

18. Place the hoist rope on section 5; à p. 6 - 36

H
Further installation is performed in the same manner as installation of the
swing-away lattice. This is described in the checklist CHECKLIST: Installing
the swing-away lattice – into the operating position.

19. Perform the required steps.

– For boom extension A

Perform all steps for installing the swing-away lattice 1.8 + 9.4 m
à
(5.9 + 30.8 ft) starting from point 13.; p. 5 - 22.
– For boom extensions B and D
Perform all steps for installing the swing-away lattice 1.8 + 16.0 m
à
(5.9 + 52.5 ft) starting from point 15.; p. 5 - 23.
– For boom extensions C and E
Perform all steps for installing the swing-away lattice 1.8 + 24 m
à
(5.9 + 78.7 ft) starting from point 14.; p. 5 - 22.

01.07.2017

6 - 14 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Boom extension
6.3 Checklists for rigging work

6.3.3 CHECKLIST: Removing the boom extension

H
This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying
instructions, which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warnings and safety instructions there!

1. Prerequisite
– The truck crane is supported on outriggers; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Operating Instructions.
– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be
rigged;à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The main boom must be completely retracted and lowered into the
horizontal position;àGMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– An auxiliary crane must be available.

H
Removal is started in the same manner as removal of the swing-away lat-
tice. This is described in the checklist CHECKLIST: Removing the swing-away
lattice – from the operating position.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 6 - 15

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Boom extension
6.3 Checklists for rigging work

2. Carry out all the necessary steps in the checklist CHECKLIST: Removing
à
the swing-away lattice – from the operating position ( p. 5 - 30) until only
section 4 is mounted on section 5 or until only a section combination is
mounted for which slinging points are provided. Possible section com-
binations and slinging points; à p. 5 - 4.

– For boom extension A

Perform all steps for removing the swing-away lattice 1.8 + 9.4 m
(5.9 + 30.8 ft) up to and including step 9.
– For boom extensions B and D
Perform all steps for removing the swing-away lattice 1.8 + 16.0 m
(5.9 + 52.5 ft) up to and including step 10.
– For boom extensions C and E
Perform all steps for removing the swing-away lattice 1.8 + 24 m
(5.9 + 78.7 ft) up to and including step 11.

3. Unreeve the hoist rope and remove it from section 5; à p. 6 - 36.

If necessary, roll the hoist rope onto drum up to the main boom head.

4. Depending on the boom extension, sling the necessary sections of the

swing-away lattice and fasten a guide rope.
– Sections required; à p. 6 - 3.
– Possible section combinations and slinging points; à p. 5 - 4.

5. Disconnect the electrical connection between section 4 and section 5;

à p. 6 - 34.

6. If necessary, disconnect the hydraulic connection between section 4

and section 5; à p. 6 - 35.
01.07.2017

6 - 16 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Boom extension
6.3 Checklists for rigging work

7. Disconnect the connection between section 4 and section 5;

à p. 6 - 32.

8. Lift the swing-away lattice off section 5 and set it down.

9. Fold in and secure the deflection sheaves.

– On section 4;à p. 6 - 30.
– If necessary, at section 2; àp. 6 - 31.

10. Check the transport condition of the swing-away lattice; à p. 5 - 8.

11. For combination D or E

– Disconnect the electrical connection between section 5 and section 5;
à p. 6 - 28.

– If necessary, disconnect the hydraulic connection between section 5

and section 5;à p. 6 - 29.
01.07.2017

s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 6 - 17
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Boom extension
6.3 Checklists for rigging work

– Attach slings to section 5 and attach a guide rope:

à Identification, p. 6 - 6,
à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 6 - 8,
à Slinging points, p. 6 - 7.

– Disconnect the connection between section 5 and section 5;

à p. 6 - 26.

– Remove section 5 from section 5 and put it aside.

– Fold in and secure the deflection sheave at section 5; à p. 6 - 21.

– Check the transport condition of section 5; à p. 6 - 8.

12. Disconnect the electrical connection between section 5 and the main
boom; à
p. 6 - 24.
01.07.2017

6 - 18 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Boom extension
6.3 Checklists for rigging work

13. If necessary, disconnect the hydraulic connection between section 5

and the main boom; à p. 6 - 25.

14. Attach slings to section 5 and attach a guide rope:

à Identification, p. 6 - 6,
à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 6 - 8,
à Slinging points, p. 6 - 7.

15. Disconnect the connection between section 5 and the main boom;
à p. 6 - 22.

16. Remove section 5 from the main boom and put it aside.

17. Fold in and secure the deflection sheave at section 5; à p. 6 - 21.

18. Check the transport condition of section 5; à p. 6 - 8.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 6 - 19

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Boom extension
6.3 Checklists for rigging work

19. Reeve the hoist rope on to the main boom head, or roll it onto the drum;
à
GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

20. If necessary, move the hoses into the position for main boom opera-
tion; à p. 4 - 6.

21. If necessary, remove the hose drum; à p. 4 - 3.

01.07.2017

6 - 20 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Boom extension
6.4 Description of the rigging work

6.4 Description of the rigging work

6.4.1 Section 5 – Folding out/folding in the deflection sheave

G
Risk of crushing!
Always hold the deflection sheave firmly by the handle when removing the
pin.
Your fingers may be crushed if you hold the sheave by the side panel.

Folding out

• (A) – Hold the deflection sheave (2) firmly by

the handle (1) and pull out the pin (3).
• (B) – Fold the deflection sheave (2) upwards
until the connecting points align.
• Insert the pins (3) into the connecting points.
• Secure the pins.

Folding in

• (A) – Hold the deflection sheave (2) firmly by

the handle (1) and pull out the pin (3).
• (B) – Fold the deflection sheave (2) down-
wards until the connecting points align.
• Insert the pins (3) into the connecting points.
• Secure the pins.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 6 - 21

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Boom extension
6.4 Description of the rigging work

6.4.2 Section 5/main boom – Establish/separate the connection

G
Risk of accidents due to swinging parts!
Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before estab-
lishing or separating connections.
This prevents you from being crushed or caught by swinging sections.

– Section 5 must be attached to an auxiliary crane.

– A guide rope must be attached.

Connecting

• Align the connecting points (2).

• Remove the pins (1) from the clamps (3) and
insert them into the connecting points (2).
• Secure the pins.

Disconnecting

• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting

points (2) and insert them into the
clamps (3).
• Secure the pins. 01.07.2017

6 - 22 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Boom extension
6.4 Description of the rigging work

6.4.3 Section 5/main boom – Establish/separate the electrical

connections

Making the electrical connections

• Unwind the cable (3) from the clamp (4).

• Remove the plug (2) from the dummy
socket (5) and plug it into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be dam-
aged during crane operation.

Making the connections for the camera

• Unwind the cable (3) from the clamp (4).

• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be dam-
aged during crane operation.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 6 - 23

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Boom extension
6.4 Description of the rigging work

Disconnecting the electrical connections

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1) and

plug it into the dummy socket (5).
• Wind the cable (3) onto the clamp (4).
• Cover the socket (1) with the cap.

Disconnecting – for the camera

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).

• Wind the cable (3) onto the clamp (4).
• Close the plug (2) and the socket (1) with the
caps.

01.07.2017

6 - 24 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Boom extension
6.4 Description of the rigging work

6.4.4 Section 5/main boom – Establish/separating the hydraulic

connection

Connecting

• Remove the hoses (2) from the clamps (3).

• Connect the hoses (2) to the connections (1)
(match the markings).

Disconnecting

• Remove the hoses (2) from the

connections (1).
• Close the hoses (2) and the connections (1)
with the caps.
• Secure the hoses (2) on the clamp (3) on
section 5.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 6 - 25

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Boom extension
6.4 Description of the rigging work

6.4.5 Section 5/section 5 – Establish/separate the connection

G
Risk of accidents due to swinging parts!
Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before estab-
lishing or separating connections.
This prevents you from being crushed or caught by swinging sections.

– Section 5 must be attached to an auxiliary crane.

– A guide rope must be attached.

Connecting

• Align the connecting points (2).

• Remove the pins (1) from the clamps (3) and
insert them into the connecting points (2).
• Secure the pins.

Disconnecting

• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting

points (2) and insert them into the
clamps (3).
• Secure the pins. 01.07.2017

6 - 26 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Boom extension
6.4 Description of the rigging work

6.4.6 Section 5/section 5 – Establish/separate the electrical

connections

Making the electrical connections

• Unwind the cable (3) from the clamp (4).

• Remove the plug (2) from the dummy
socket (5) and plug it into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be dam-
aged during crane operation.

Making the connections for the camera

• Unwind the cable (3) from the clamp (4).

• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be dam-
aged during crane operation.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 6 - 27

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Boom extension
6.4 Description of the rigging work

Disconnecting the electrical connections

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1) and

plug it into the dummy socket (5).
• Wind the cable (3) onto the clamp (4).
• Cover the socket (1) with the cap.

Disconnecting – for the camera

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).

• Wind the cable (3) onto the clamp (4).
• Close the plug (2) and the socket (1) with the
caps.

01.07.2017

6 - 28 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Boom extension
6.4 Description of the rigging work

6.4.7 Section 5/section 5 – Establish/separating the hydraulic

connection

Connecting

• Remove the hoses (2) from the clamps (3).

• Connect the hoses (2) to the connections (1)
(match the markings).

Disconnecting

• Remove the hoses (2) from the

connections (1).
• Close the hoses (2) and the connections (1)
with the caps.
• Secure the hoses (2) on the clamp (3) on
section 5.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 6 - 29

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Boom extension
6.4 Description of the rigging work

6.4.8 Section 4 – Folding out/folding in the deflection sheave

G
Risk of crushing!
Always hold the deflection sheave firmly by the handle when removing
the pin.
Your fingers may be crushed if you hold the sheave by the side panel.

Folding out

• (A) – Hold the deflection sheave (3) firmly by

the handle (1) and pull out the pin (2).
• (B) – Fold the deflection sheave (3) upwards
until it is aligned with the connecting point.
• Insert the pin (2) into the connecting point.
• Secure the pin.

Folding in

• (A) – Hold the deflection sheave (3) firmly by

the handle (1) and pull out the pin (2).
• (B) – Fold the deflection sheave (3) down-
wards until it is aligned with the connecting
point.
• Insert the pin (2) into the connecting point.
• Secure the pin.
01.07.2017

6 - 30 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Boom extension
6.4 Description of the rigging work

6.4.9 Section 2 – Folding out/folding in the deflection sheave

G
Risk of crushing!
Always hold the deflection sheave by the strut when removing the pin.
Your fingers may be crushed if you hold the sheave by the side panel.

Folding out
• (A) – Hold the deflection sheave (2) firmly by
the strut (1) and pull out the pin (3).
• (B) – Fold the deflection sheave (2) upwards
until it is aligned with the connecting point.
• Insert the pin (3) into the connecting point.
• Secure the pin.

Folding in
• (A) – Hold the deflection sheave (2) firmly by
the strut (1) and pull out the pin (3).
• (B) – Fold the deflection sheave (2) down-
wards until it is aligned with the connecting
point.
• Insert the pin (3) into the connecting point.
• Secure the pin.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 6 - 31

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Boom extension
6.4 Description of the rigging work

6.4.10 Section 4/section 5 – Establishing/separating the connection

G
Risk of accidents due to swinging parts!
Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before estab-
lishing or separating connections.
This prevents you from being crushed or caught by swinging sections.

– The swing-away lattice is slung on an auxiliary crane.

– A guide rope must be attached.

Connecting

• Align the connecting points (2).

• Remove the pins (1) from the clamps (3) and
insert them into the connecting points (2).
• Secure the pins.

Disconnecting

• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting

points (2) and insert them into the
clamps (3).
• Secure the pins. 01.07.2017

6 - 32 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Boom extension
6.4 Description of the rigging work

6.4.11 Section 4/section 5 – Establishing/separating the electrical

connections

Making the electrical connections

• Unwind the cable (3) from the clamp (4).

• Remove the plug (2) from the dummy
socket (5) and plug it into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be dam-
aged during crane operation.

Making the connections for the camera

• Unwind the cable (3) from the clamp (4).

• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be dam-
aged during crane operation.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 6 - 33

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Boom extension
6.4 Description of the rigging work

Disconnecting the electrical connections

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1) and

plug it into the dummy socket (5).
• Wind the cable (3) onto the clamp (4).
• Cover the socket (1) with the cap.

Disconnecting – for the camera

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).

• Wind the cable (3) onto the clamp (4).
• Close the plug (2) and the socket (1) with the
caps.

01.07.2017

6 - 34 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Boom extension
6.4 Description of the rigging work

6.4.12 Section 4/section 5 – Establishing/separating the hydraulic

connection

Connecting

• Remove the hoses (2) from the clamp (3).

• Connect the hoses (2) to the connections (1)
(match the markings).

Disconnecting

• Remove the hoses (2) from the

connections (1).
• Close the hoses (2) and the connections (1)
with the caps.
• Secure the hoses (2) on the clamp (3) on
section 4.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 6 - 35

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Boom extension
6.4 Description of the rigging work

6.4.13 Section 5 – Fitting/removing the hoist rope

G
Risk of accidents due to falling parts!
Always secure the sheaves and rods with retaining pins.
This prevents sections coming loose, falling out and causing injuries.

H
This section describes the procedure for the boom extension E. Only a one
section 5 is present for boom extension C.

Fitting

• Remove the sheaves (3) and (4).

• Guide the hoist rope over the deflection
sheaves (1) and (2) up to section 4.
• Install sheaves (3) and (4).
• Secure the sheaves.

Removing

• Remove the sheaves (3) and (4).

• Remove the hoist rope from the deflection
sheaves (1) and (2) and set it down on the
ground or reel it in up to the main boom
head or up to the rope drum.
• Install sheaves (3) and (4).
• Secure the sheaves.
01.07.2017

6 - 36 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Boom extension
6.5 Operation with boom extension

6.5 Operation with boom extension

G
Risk of accidents due to overloading!
Crane operation with the main boom is prohibited when a boom extension
is rigged.
Lifting a load with two hooks is prohibited when a boom extension is
rigged.

The raising, lowering, slewing, derricking and telescoping movements of

the main boom are carried out in the same way as when operating with the
main boom. This section only contains information that you will need addi-
tionally for a rigged boom extension.

6.5.1 Setting the RCL

Input

• Enter the current rigging mode for operation with a rigged boom exten-
sion into the RCL. Either via the corresponding RCL code in accordance
with the lifting capacity table or via the individual components.
If you enter the current rigging mode via the individual components then
you must also additionally enter the length of the boom extension.

• Enter the current reeving on the boom extension for the hoist whose hoist
rope is reeved on the boom extension into the RCL.

H
The lifting capacity for the RCL code is enabled once the telescopic sections
are locked.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 6 - 37

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Boom extension
6.5 Operation with boom extension

Shutdown Operation with the boom extension is monitored by the RCL.

When operating with the boom extension, RCL shutdowns may occur for
the same reasons as when operating with the main boom; à
GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

In certain rigging modes, the RCL shuts down when lifting loads that are
lighter than the maximum load bearing capacity specified in the lifting capac-
ity table.

– During operation with the boom extension

If a hook block (3) is reeved at the main boom, then the displayed current
load (1) is influenced by
– The weight of the lifted load (2) and
– The weight of the hook block (3).

6.5.2 Derricking, telescoping the main boom

Slewing range
of 360°

G
Risk of accidents if the RCL is overridden!
Do not override the RCL when lowering the boom into horizontal position.
If the RCL is overridden, the crane operation will not be monitored and the
truck crane will overturn if it moves outside of the permissible working
range.

The requirements that must be satisfied before raising, lowering and tele-
scoping of the main boom with rigged boom extension are permitted, for a
slewing range of 360° are monitored by the RCL. Further information on the
permissible angle ranges and lifting capacities is provided in the lifting
à
capacity table; Rigging tables - lattice extension.

The hook block can hit the main boom if the main boom is set to a steep
angle and the boom extension is set to 0°.
01.07.2017

6 - 38 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Boom extension
6.5 Operation with boom extension

6.5.3 Procedure if permissible wind speeds are exceeded

G
Risk of accidents due to excessively high wind speeds!
If the current wind speed is higher than the maximum permissible wind
speed, cease crane operation immediately and set up the corresponding
rigging mode.
This will prevent the truck crane from overturning due to overload.

• Prior to and during crane operation, check whether the current wind
speed is lower than the maximum permissible wind speed.
• Make sure that you follow the instructions for checking the wind speed;
à Lifting capacity table and à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instruc-
tions.

If the maximum permitted wind speed is exceeded:

An automatic shutdown does not occur if the maximum permissible wind
speed is exceeded.
• Immediately cease crane operation.
• Put the truck crane into the rigging mode specified for the current wind
speed in the lifting capacity table.

6.5.4 Instructions for turning loads over

Turning loads over with a rigged boom extension is prohibited.

01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 6 - 39

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Boom extension
6.5 Operation with boom extension

Blank page

01.07.2017

6 - 40 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Boom extension
6.6 Maintenance

6.6 Maintenance

H
If the boom extension has been in storage for an extended period of time,
perform maintenance work on it before the next time it is used, at the very
latest.

6.6.1 Maintenance plan M 1 M1

Maintenance work on the BOOM EXTENSION:

Monthly/after approx. 100 operating hours
Boom extension
– Lubricate the pins à p. 6 - 42

6.6.2 Maintenance plan M 3 M3

Maintenance work on the BOOM EXTENSION:

every three months/after 250 oper. hrs.
Boom extension
– Check the sheaves à p. 6 - 42
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 6 - 41

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Boom extension
6.6 Maintenance

6.6.3 Description of maintenance work

Grease 1) Designation Specifications GROVE

to DIN 51502 Classification section no.1)
Grease KP - L2K DIN 51825 00554201

1) à Maintenance manual

Lubricate the pins

• Grease the pins (1).

Check the sheaves

• Check the deflection sheave (2) for damage,
wear, freedom of movement and heavy
soiling.
• Have damaged, worn, stiff or extremely
soiled sheaves replaced by Manitowoc Crane
Care or an authorised GROVE dealer or your
repair crew.

01.07.2017

6 - 42 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 7
7 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS)
1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.1 Operations planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 2
7.1.1 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 2
7.1.2 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 3
7.1.3 Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 4
7.1.4 Transport dimensions and weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 5
7.1.5 Transport condition – removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 5
7.1.6 Transport condition – folded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 7
7.2 Checklists for rigging work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 9
7.2.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 9
7.2.2 CHECKLIST: ISS Installing 1.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft) –
into the working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 10
7.2.3 CHECKLIST: ISS Removing 1.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft) –
from the working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 13
7.2.4 CHECKLIST: Rigging ISS 1.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft) –
into the working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 17
7.2.5 CHECKLIST: Rigging ISS 1.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft) –
into the transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 21
7.2.6 CHECKLIST: Rigging ISS 1.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft) from the
swing-away lattice – into the working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 26
7.2.7 CHECKLIST: Rigging ISS 1.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft) from the
swing-away lattice – into the transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 30
7.2.8 CHECKLIST: ISS Installing 9.8 + 2.0 m (32.2 + 6.6 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 35
7.2.9 CHECKLIST: ISS Removing 9.8 + 2.0 m (32.2 + 6.6 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 39
7.2.10 CHECKLIST: Further rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 43
7.3 Rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 45
7.3.1 Securing sections with a guide rope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 45
7.3.2 Establishing/separating the Middle 2 connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 46
7.3.3 Installing/removing section 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 48
7.3.4 Establishing/separating connections between section 4 and section 2 . . . . . . . 7 - 50
7.3.5 Connecting/disconnecting the electrical connections –
section 4/main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 53
7.3.6 Connecting/disconnecting the hydraulic connections –
section 4 / main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 55
7.3.7 Folding out / folding in the deflection sheave on section 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 56
7.3.8 Folding out / folding in the head sheave on section 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 57
01.07.2017

7.3.9 Fitting/removing the hoist rope – section 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 58

7.3.10 Possible reeving methods on the heavy load lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 59
7.3.11 Connecting/disconnecting the electrical connections –
section 4/section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 61

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
7.3.12 Installing / removing the lifting limit switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 63
7.3.13 Installing / removing the anemometer and air traffic control light. . . . . . . . . . 7- 64
7.3.14 Installing / removing the camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 66
7.3.15 Folding out / folding in the deflection sheave on section 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 67
7.3.16 Section 5/main boom – Establish/separate the connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 68
7.3.17 Connecting/disconnecting the electrical connections –
section 5/main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 69
7.3.18 Connecting/disconnecting the hydraulic connections –
section 5 / main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 71
7.3.19 Installing/removing section 4 on section 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 72
7.3.20 Connection/disconnecting the electrical connections between
section 4 and section 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 73
7.3.21 Connection/disconnecting the hydraulic connection between
section 4 and section 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 75
7.3.22 Positioning/removing the hoist rope – section 5 and section 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 76
7.3.23 Derricking cylinder positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 78
7.4 ISS, derricking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 79

7.5 Operation with the ISS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 81

7.5.1 Setting the RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 81
7.5.2 Derricking, telescoping the main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 83
7.5.3 Procedure if permissible wind speeds are exceeded. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 84
7.5.4 Instructions for turning loads over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7- 84
7.6 Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 85
7.6.5 Description of maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 86

01.07.2017

3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)

7 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS)

1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)

This chapter describes the rigging work on the

integral heavy load lattice extension (1).

Information

Section 1 and section 2 (1) of the swing-away

lattice can remain folded onto the main boom
during crane operation with the integral heavy
load lattice extension.

On-road driving with section 1 and section 2 (1)

of the swing-away lattice without an installed
heavy load lattice extension folded onto the
main boom is prohibited. The connections are
not designed for this.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7-1

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.1 Operations planning

7.1 Operations planning

7.1.1 Assembly

S
Risk of overturning in other combinations!
Assemble the heavy load lattice extension only in the combinations listed
as permissible in the lifting capacity table. Other combinations are not mon-
itored by the RCL.

Permissible combinations

Combination Designation Z + Y 1) Sections used

Heavy load lattice
1.8 + 2.0 m
A extension 1.8 + 2.0 m
(5.9 + 6.6 ft) 4
(5.9 + 6.6 ft)
Heavy load lattice
9.8 + 2.0 m
B extension 9.8 + 2.0 m
(32.2 + 6.6 ft) 5+4
(32.2 + 6.6 ft)

1) Designation in the lifting capacity table:

Z = length before setting the angle
Y = length after setting the angle
01.07.2017

7-2 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.1 Operations planning

7.1.2 Identification

G
Risk of accidents if ISS are interchanged!
Install only the ISS that belongs to the crane. No other integral heavy load
lattice extensions may be installed.

Section 4

The crane and the corresponding section 4

must carry the same serial number (1).

Section 5

The crane and the corresponding section 5

must carry the same serial number (1).
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7-3

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.1 Operations planning

7.1.3 Slinging points

G
Risk of accidents if used improperly!
Attach slings to the ISS only at the designated attachment points. Use only
lifting gear and joining elements of sufficient load bearing capacity.

Section 4

The slinging points (1) are marked with the

sticker (2).

The sticker (3) gives data on the weight and

the necessary lifting gear.

The rope attachment point (4) serves as the

slinging point for the guide rope.

Section 5

The slinging points (1) are marked with

stickers (2).

The sticker (3) gives data on the weight and

the necessary lifting gear.

The grille (4) serves as the slinging point for

the guide rope.
01.07.2017

7-4 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.1 Operations planning

7.1.4 Transport dimensions and weights

Section Length x width x height in m (ft) Weight in kg (lbs)

3.85 x 0.80 x 1.40 950
4 (12.7 x 2.6 x 4.3) (2,095)
8.15 x 0.80 x 1.10 650
5 (26.8 x 2.6 x 3.7) (1,435)

7.1.5 Transport condition – removed

Section 4

• Check that the ISS is secured in the transport

condition and secure it now if necessary:
– Section 4 must be set down on a suitable
support (1), and secured.
– All pins (2) are secured in the holders.
– The hoses (3) must be wound on to the
holders.
– The head sheave (5) and the deflection
sheave (4) must be folded in and secured.
– The plug (8) is inserted and the socket (6)
is closed with the cap.
– The derricking cylinder is in position (A) (7);
à p. 7 - 78.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7-5

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.1 Operations planning

Section 5

• Check that the ISS is secured in the transport

condition and secure it now if necessary:
– All pins (1) are secured in the holders.
– All hoses (2) and electrical cables (3) must
be closed with caps.
– The hoses (4) must be wound on to the
holder.
– The plug (5) has been inserted in the
dummy socket.
– The deflection sheave (6) is folded in and
secured.
– The section 5 must be secured to a
suitable base plate support (7).

01.07.2017

7-6 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.1 Operations planning

7.1.6 Transport condition – folded

Section 4

• Check that the ISS is secured in the transport condition and secure it now
if necessary:
– The socket (1) is closed with the protective cap.
– The derricking cylinder is in position (A) (2); à p. 7 - 78.
– The plug (3) is inserted.
– The Middle 2 connection (4) is established; à p. 7 - 46.
– The front connection (5) is in the Locked position; à p. 5 - 71.
– The hoses (6) must be wound on to the holders.
– The head sheave (7) and the deflection sheave (8) must be folded in
and secured.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7-7

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.1 Operations planning

Blank page

01.07.2017

7-8 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

7.2 Checklists for rigging work

7.2.1 Overview

The following table shows which checklist is applicable for any required
rigging work.

Required rigging work Checklist

– Installing the ISS – In working CHECKLIST: ISS Installing 1.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft)
position – into the working position, p. 7 - 10

– Removing the – From work- CHECKLIST: ISS Removing 1.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft)
ISS ing position – from the working position, p. 7 - 13

– Rigging the ISS – In working CHECKLIST: Rigging ISS 1.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft) –
position into the working position, p. 7 - 17

– in transport CHECKLIST: Rigging ISS 1.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft) –

ISS 1.8 + 2.0 m

position into the transport position, p. 7 - 21

(5.9 + 6.6 ft)

– Rigging the ISS – in working CHECKLIST: Rigging ISS 1.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft)
from the swing- position from the swing-away lattice – into the working posi-
away lattice tion, p. 7 - 26
– in transport CHECKLIST: Rigging ISS 1.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft)
position from the swing-away lattice – into the transport
position, p. 7 - 30
– Disconnect-
ing ISS/
section 2 à Establishing/separating connections between
section 4 and section 2, p. 7 - 50
– Connecting
ISS/section 2
– Installing the ISS – in working CHECKLIST: ISS Installing 9.8 + 2.0 m
ISS 9.8 + 2.0 m
(32.2 + 6.6 ft)

position (32.2 + 6.6 ft), p. 7 - 35

– Removing the – From work- CHECKLIST: ISS Removing 9.8 + 2.0 m

ISS ing position (32.2 + 6.6 ft), p. 7 - 39
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7-9

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

7.2.2 CHECKLIST: ISS Installing 1.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft) – into the
working position

H
This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying
instructions, which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prerequisites
– The truck crane is on outriggers and the superstructure is turned to
the side or to the rear; à
GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instruc-
tions.
– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be
rigged; à
GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The main boom is fully retracted and locked.
The telescoping cylinder must be locked in telescopic section V;
à p. 5 - 65.
The main boom is lowered to the horizontal position; GMK5150 / à
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– An auxiliary crane must be available.

2. If necessary, mount the hose drum; à p. 4 - 3.

3. If necessary, check that the locking device has been released;

à p. 4 - 5.
01.07.2017

7 - 10 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

4. If necessary, move the hoses into the position for working with the lat-
tice extension; à
p. 4 - 6.

5. Check that section 4 is secured in the transport condition; à p. 7 - 5.

6. Fold out the deflection sheave on section 4; à p. 7 - 56.

7. Fasten slings to section 4 and attach a guide rope:

– à Identification, p. 7 - 3
– à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 7 - 5
– à Slinging points, p. 7 - 4.

8. Lift section 4 into position in front of the main boom.

9. Make the connections on the right and left of the main boom head;
à p. 7 - 48.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 11

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

10. Establish the electrical and hydraulic connections:

– Electrical connection; à p. 7 - 53,
– Hydraulic connection; à p. 7 - 55.

11. Fold out the head sheave; à p. 7 - 57.

12. Position the hoist rope; à p. 7 - 58.

13. Perform all further rigging work; à p. 7 - 43.

14. If necessary, derrick the ISS; à p. 7 - 79.

01.07.2017

7 - 12 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

7.2.3 CHECKLIST: ISS Removing 1.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft) – from the
working position

H
This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying
instructions, which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prerequisites
– The truck crane is on outriggers and the superstructure is turned to
the side or to the rear; à
GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instruc-
tions.
– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be
rigged; à
GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The main boom is fully retracted and locked.
The telescoping cylinder must be locked in telescopic section V;
à p. 5 - 65.
The main boom is lowered to the horizontal position; GMK5150 / à
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– An auxiliary crane must be available.

2. ISS Derrick into position (A); à p. 7 - 78.

3. If necessary, remove the anemometer and air traffic control light;

à p. 7 - 64.
01.07.2017

s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 13
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

4. If necessary, remove the camera; à p. 7 - 66.

5. Remove the lifting limit switch weight and lifting limit switch;
à p. 7 - 63.

6. Unreeve the hoist rope and remove it from section 4; à p. 7 - 58.

7. Fold the head sheave in, à p. 7 - 57.

8. Fasten slings to section 4 and attach a guide rope; à p. 7 - 4.

9. Disconnect the electric and hydraulic connections:

– Electrical connection; à p. 7 - 53,
– Hydraulic connection; à p. 7 - 55.
01.07.2017

7 - 14 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

10. Separate the connections on the right and left of the main boom head;
à p. 7 - 48.

11. Remove section 4 from the main boom and put it aside.

12. If necessary, move the hoses into the position for working with the
main boom; à
p. 4 - 6.

13. If necessary, remove the hose drum; à p. 4 - 3.

14. Fold in the deflection sheave and secure it; à p. 7 - 56.

15. Reeve the hoist rope on to the main boom head, or roll it onto the drum;
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
01.07.2017

s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 15
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

16. Secure section 4 in the transport condition; à p. 7 - 5.

01.07.2017

7 - 16 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

7.2.4 CHECKLIST: Rigging ISS 1.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft) – into the
working position

H
This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying
instructions, which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prerequisites
– The truck crane is on outriggers and the superstructure is turned to
the side or to the rear.
– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be
rigged; à
GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The main boom is fully retracted and locked.
The telescoping cylinder must be locked in telescopic section V;
à p. 5 - 65.
The main boom is lowered to the horizontal position; GMK5150 / à
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

2. If necessary, mount the hose drum; à p. 4 - 3.

3. If necessary, check that the locking device has been released;

à p. 4 - 5.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 17

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

4. If necessary, move the hoses into the position for working with the lat-
tice extension; à
p. 4 - 6.

5. Connect the hand-held control; à p. 3 - 13.

6. Fasten the guide rope to section 4; à p. 7 - 4.

7. Establish the hydraulic and electrical connections between section 4

and the main boom:
– Hydraulic connection; à
p. 7 - 55,
– Electrical connection; à
p. 7 - 53.

8. Disconnect the Middle 2 connection; à p. 7 - 46.

9. Swing section 4 outwards until the slewing connection lines up.

01.07.2017

7 - 18 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

10. Make the slewing connection; à p. 5 - 73.

11. Set the Front connection to the Unlocked position; à p. 5 - 70.

12. Swing section 4 into position in front of the main boom head;
à p. 5 - 87.

13. Establish the connections on the left-hand and right-hand sides

between section 4 and the main boom head; p. 5 - 75. à

14. Fold out the deflection sheave on section 4; à p. 7 - 56.

15. Fold out the head sheave; à p. 7 - 57.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 19

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

16. Position the hoist rope; à p. 7 - 58.

17. Reeve the hook block; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

18. Disconnect the hand-held control; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating

Instructions.

19. Remove the guide rope.

20. Perform all further rigging work; à p. 7 - 43.

01.07.2017

7 - 20 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

7.2.5 CHECKLIST: Rigging ISS 1.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft) – into the
transport position

H
This checklist is not equivalent to the complete operating instructions. There
are accompanying instructions, which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warnings and safety instructions there!

1. Prerequisites
– The truck crane must be supported on outriggers; à GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The counterweight must be rigged; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Operating Instructions.
– The main boom is fully retracted and locked.
The telescoping cylinder must be locked in telescopic section V;
à p. 5 - 65.
The main boom is lowered to the horizontal position; GMK5150 / à
GMK5150L Operating Instructions
2. Connect the hand-held control; à Hand-held control connection, p. 3 - 13.

3. Fasten the guide rope to section 4; à Slinging points, p. 7 - 4.

4. Remove the anemometer and if necessary the air traffic control light;
à p. 7 - 64.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 21

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

5. Remove the lifting limit switch weight and lifting limit switch;
à p. 7 - 63.

6. If necessary, remove the camera; à p. 7 - 66.

7. Unreeve the hook block and remove the hoist rope; à p. 7 - 58.

8. Fold in the head sheave, à p. 7 - 57.

9. Fold in the deflection sheave; à p. 7 - 56.

10. Derrick the derricking cylinder into position (A); à p. 7 - 78.

01.07.2017

7 - 22 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

11. Make the slewing connection; à p. 5 - 73.

12. Separate the connections on the right-hand side and left-hand side
between section 4 and the main boom; p. 5 - 75. à

13. Set the Front connection to the Rigging position; à p. 5 - 71.

14. Swing section 4 onto the main boom until section 4 in latches into the
Front connection. Set the Locked position; p. 5 - 71. à

15. Disconnect the slewing connection; à p. 5 - 73.

16. Swing the ISS onto the main boom until the connecting point on the ISS
is aligned with the Middle 2 connection; p. 7 - 46.à
If necessary, follow with the derricking cylinder.
01.07.2017

s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 23
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

17. Establish the Middle 2 connection; à p. 7 - 46.

18. Disconnect the electrical and hydraulic connections between section 4

and the main boom:
– Electrical connection; à
p. 7 - 73,
– Hydraulic connection; à
p. 7 - 75.

19. If necessary, move the hoses into the position for working with the
main boom; à
p. 4 - 6.

20. If necessary, remove the hose drum; à p. 4 - 3.

21. Disconnect the hand-held control; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating

Instructions.

22. Remove the guide rope.

01.07.2017

7 - 24 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

23. Check the transport condition of the ISS; à p. 7 - 7.

01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 25

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

7.2.6 CHECKLIST: Rigging ISS 1.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft) from the
swing-away lattice – into the working position

H
This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying
instructions, which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prerequisites
– The truck crane must be supported on outriggers; à GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The counterweight must be rigged; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Operating Instructions.
– The swing-away lattice must be folded onto the side of the main
boom; à
Transport condition – folded, p. 5 - 12.
– The main boom is fully retracted and locked.
The telescoping cylinder must be locked in telescopic section V;
à Notes on the position of the telescoping cylinder, p. 5 - 65.
The main boom is lowered to the horizontal position; à
GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

2. If necessary, mount the hose drum; à p. 4 - 3.

3. Check that the locking device has been released; à p. 4 - 5.

01.07.2017

7 - 26 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

4. Position hydraulic hoses for working with the lattice extension;

à p. 4 - 6.

5. Connect the hand-held control; à p. 3 - 13.

6. Fasten the guide rope to section 4; à p. 7 - 4.

7. Establish the hydraulic and electrical connections between section 4

and the main boom:
– Hydraulic connection; à
p. 7 - 55,
– Electrical connection; à
p. 7 - 53.

8. Disconnect the electrical connection between section 4 and section 2;

à p. 7 - 61.

9. Disconnect the connection between section 4 and section 2;

à p. 7 - 50.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 27

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

10. Lower the derricking cylinder until the connecting points section 4 –
section 2 are free to move.

11. Swing section 4 outwards until the slewing connection lines up;
à p. 5 - 87.

12. Make the slewing connection; à p. 5 - 73.

13. Set the Front connection to the Unlocked position; à p. 5 - 70.

14. Swing section 4 into position in front of the main boom head;
à p. 5 - 87.

15. Establish the connections on the right and left of the main boom head;
à p. 5 - 75.
01.07.2017

7 - 28 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

16. Fold out the deflection sheave on section 4; à p. 7 - 56.

17. Fold out the head sheave; à p. 7 - 57.

18. Position the hoist rope; à p. 7 - 58.

19. Reeve the hook block; à p. 7 - 59.

20. Remove the guide rope.

21. Perform all further rigging work; à p. 7 - 43.

01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 29

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

7.2.7 CHECKLIST: Rigging ISS 1.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft) from the
swing-away lattice – into the transport position

H
This checklist is not equivalent to the complete operating instructions.
There are accompanying instructions, which are indicated by cross-refer-
ences.
Observe the warnings and safety instructions there!

1. Prerequisites
– The truck crane is on outriggers and the superstructure is turned to
the side or to the rear.
– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be
rigged; à
GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The main boom is fully retracted and locked.
The telescoping cylinder must be locked in telescopic section V;
à p. 5 - 65.

2. Fasten the guide rope to section 4; à p. 7 - 4.

3. Connect the hand-held control; à p. 3 - 13.

4. Remove the anemometer and if necessary the air traffic control light;
à p. 7 - 64.
01.07.2017

7 - 30 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

5. Remove the lifting limit switch weight and lifting limit switch;
à p. 7 - 63.

6. If necessary, remove the camera; à p. 7 - 66.

7. Unreeve the hook block and remove the hoist rope; à p. 7 - 58.

8. Fold in the head sheave, à p. 7 - 57.

9. Fold in the deflection sheave; à p. 7 - 56.

10. Make the slewing connection; à p. 5 - 73.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 31

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

11. Lower section 4 by approx. 15° using the derricking cylinder.

12. Separate the connections on the right-hand side and left-hand side
between section 4 and the main boom; p. 5 - 75. à

13. Set the Front connection to the Rigging position; à p. 5 - 71.

14. Swing section 4 onto the main boom until section 4 in latches into the
Front connection. Set the Locked position; p. 5 - 71. à

15. Disconnect the slewing connection; à p. 5 - 73.

16. Swing section 4 on to the main boom until the connecting points of
section 4 and section 2 are underneath each other.
01.07.2017

7 - 32 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

17. Lower the derricking cylinder until the connecting points section 4 and
section 2 align; à
p. 5 - 113.

18. Establish the connection between section 4 and section 2; à p. 7 - 50.

19. Establish the electrical connection between section 4 and section 2;

à p. 7 - 61.

20. Disconnect the electrical and hydraulic connections between section 4

and the main boom;
– Hydraulic connection; à
p. 7 - 55,
– Electrical connection; à
p. 7 - 53.

21. Bring the hydraulic hoses into the position for working with the main
boom; àp. 4 - 6.

22. If necessary, remove the hose drum; à p. 4 - 3.

01.07.2017

s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 33
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

23. Reeve the hoist rope on to the main boom head, or roll it onto the drum;
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

24. Check that the swing-away lattice is secured in the transport condition;
à p. 5 - 12.

01.07.2017

7 - 34 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

7.2.8 CHECKLIST: ISS Installing 9.8 + 2.0 m (32.2 + 6.6 ft)

H
This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying
instructions, which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prerequisites
– The truck crane must be supported on outriggers; à GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be
rigged; à
GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The main boom is fully retracted and locked.
The telescoping cylinder must be locked in telescopic section V;
à p. 5 - 65.
The main boom is lowered to the horizontal position; GMK5150 / à
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– An auxiliary crane must be available.

2. If necessary, mount the hose drum; à p. 4 - 3.

3. If necessary, check that the locking device has been released;

à p. 4 - 5.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 35

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

4. If necessary, move the hoses into the position for working with the lat-
tice extension; à
p. 4 - 6.

5. Check the transport condition for section 5, establish it if necessary;

à p. 7 - 5.

6. Check the transport condition for section 4, establish it if necessary;

à p. 7 - 5.

7. Fold out the deflection sheave on section 5; à p. 7 - 67.

8. Fasten slings to section 5 and attach a guide rope:

– à Identification, p. 7 - 3,
– à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 7 - 5,
– à Slinging points, p. 7 - 4.

9. Lift section 5 in front of the main boom and establish the left-hand and
right-hand connections; à
p. 7 - 68.
01.07.2017

7 - 36 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

10. Establish the electrical and hydraulic connections between section 5

and the main boom:
– Electrical connection; à p. 7 - 69,
– Hydraulic connection; à p. 7 - 71.

11. Fold out the deflection sheave on section 4; à p. 7 - 56.

12. Fasten slings to section 4 and attach a guide rope:

– à Identification, p. 7 - 3,
– à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 7 - 5,
– à Slinging points, p. 7 - 4.

13. Lift section 4 up in front of section 5.

14. Establish the connection between section 4 and section 5; à p. 7 - 72.

15. Establish the electrical and hydraulic connections between section 4

and section 5:
– Electrical connection; à p. 7 - 73,
– Hydraulic connection; à p. 7 - 75.
01.07.2017

s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 37
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

16. Fold out the head sheave; à p. 7 - 57.

17. Position the hoist rope; à p. 7 - 76.

18. Perform all further rigging work; à p. 7 - 43.

If necessary, derrick the ISS; à p. 7 - 79.

01.07.2017

7 - 38 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

7.2.9 CHECKLIST: ISS Removing 9.8 + 2.0 m (32.2 + 6.6 ft)

H
This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying
instructions, which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prerequisites
– The truck crane must be supported on outriggers; à GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be
rigged; à
GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The main boom is fully retracted and locked.
The telescoping cylinder must be locked in telescopic section V;
à p. 5 - 65.
The main boom is lowered to the horizontal position; GMK5150 / à
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– An auxiliary crane must be available.

2. Derrick section 4 into position (A); à p. 7 - 78.

3. Remove the anemometer and if necessary the air traffic control light;
à p. 7 - 64.

à p. 7 - 66.
01.07.2017

4. If necessary, remove the camera;

s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 39
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

5. Remove the lifting limit switch weight and lifting limit switch;
à p. 7 - 63.

6. Unreeve the hoist rope, remove it from the ISS and roll it on to the drum
up to the main boom head; à
p. 7 - 76.

7. Fold in the head sheave; à p. 7 - 57.

8. Fasten slings to section 4 and attach a guide rope:

– à Identification, p. 7 - 3
– à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 7 - 5
– à Slinging points, p. 7 - 4

9. Disconnect the electrical and hydraulic connections between section 4

and section 5:
– Electrical connection; à
p. 7 - 73,
– Hydraulic connection; à
p. 7 - 75.

10. Disconnect the connection between section 4 and section 5;

à p. 7 - 72.
01.07.2017

7 - 40 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

11. Take section 4 off section 5 and put it aside.

12. Fold the deflection sheave onto section 4; à p. 7 - 56.

13. Disconnect the electrical and hydraulic connections between section 5

and the main boom:
– Electrical connection; à
p. 7 - 69,
– Hydraulic connection; à
p. 7 - 71.

14. Fasten slings to section 5 and attach a guide rope:

– à Identification, p. 7 - 3,
– à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 7 - 5,
– à Slinging points, p. 7 - 4.

15. Disconnect the connection between section 5 and the main boom;
à p. 7 - 68.

16. Remove section 5 from the main boom and put it aside.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 41

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

17. Fold the deflection sheave onto section 5; à p. 7 - 67.

18. Reeve the hoist rope on to the main boom head, or roll it onto the drum;
àGMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

19. Secure section 5 in the transport condition; à p. 7 - 5.

20. Secure section 4 in the transport condition; à p. 7 - 5.

21. If necessary, move the hoses into the position for working with the
main boom; à
p. 4 - 6.

22. If necessary, remove the hose drum; à p. 4 - 3.

01.07.2017

7 - 42 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

7.2.10 CHECKLIST: Further rigging work

H
This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying
instructions, which are indicated by cross-references. Observe the warnings
and safety instructions there!

1. Prerequisites
– The rigging work specified in the corresponding checklist has been
correctly performed.

2. Mount the anemometer and if necessary the air traffic control light;
à p. 7 - 64.

3. If necessary, mount the camera; à p. 7 - 66.

4. Reeve the hoist rope on the hook block; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Oper-
ating Instructions.

5. Install the lifting limit switch, attach the lifting limit switch weight and
place it around the hoist rope;
à p. 7 - 63;
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 43

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.2 Checklists for rigging work

6. Disconnect the hand-held control; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating

Instructions.

7. Check the horizontal alignment of the truck crane and correct, if

necessary.

8. Enter the current rigging mode with the rigged ISS; à Setting the RCL,
p. 7 - 81.

9. Enter current reeving; à Setting the RCL, p. 7 - 81.

01.07.2017

7 - 44 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

7.3 Rigging work

7.3.1 Securing sections with a guide rope

G
Risk of accidents due to sections swinging of their own accord!
Always fasten a guide rope to the sections being swung before you unlock
or separate the connections.
An extra person must keep the guide rope tightly tensioned or you must
fasten the guide rope so that the sections cannot slew unintentionally when
the necessary connections are unlocked or separated.

Fasten the guide rope to section 4

• Attach the guide rope to the rope attach-
ment point (1).

Fasten the guide rope to section 5

• Attach the guide rope to the grille (1).
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 45

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

7.3.2 Establishing/separating the Middle 2 connection

Section 4 is joined to the main boom at the Middle 2 connection. The con-
nection must be established when only section 4 is rigged.

Establishing the
connection

• (A) – Remove the pin (2) from the connecting

point (1).

• (B) – Turn the attachment plate (4) in the

direction of the arrow until the connecting
points align.
• Fit the pin (2) into the connecting point (3)
and secure it.

• (A) – Swing section 4 onto the main boom

so that the connecting points on section 4
and the Middle 2 connection are aligned.

• (B) – Pull the handle (1) downwards out of

the detent latch.
• Turn the handle clockwise as far as possible.
• Allow the handle to slide upwards.
The connection is established when the pin (2)
protrudes at the top out of the connecting
point.
01.07.2017

7 - 46 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

Disconnecting

• Pull the handle (1) down as far as possible.

• Swing section 4 approximately 15°
outwards.
• Turn the handle anticlockwise as far as
possible.
• Allow the handle (1) to slide upwards into
the latch.

• (A) – Remove the pin (2) from the connecting

point (1).

• (B) – Turn the attachment plate (4) in the

direction of the arrow until the connecting
points align.
• Fit the pin (2) into the connecting point (3)
and secure it.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 47

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

7.3.3 Installing/removing section 4

G
Risk of accidents due to swinging parts!
Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before estab-
lishing or separating connections.
This prevents you from being crushed or caught by swinging sections.

– Section 4 must be attached to an auxiliary crane.

– A guide rope must be attached.

Installing

• Align the connecting points (2).

• Remove the pins (1) from the clamps (3) and
insert them into the connecting points (2).
• Secure the pins.

Removing
To increase the free space when driving out
the lower pins, you can fold the rope guide (4)
downwards; à
p. 7 - 49.

• Check that the electrical and hydraulic con-

nections have been disconnected.
• If necessary, also remove the hoist rope;
à p. 7 - 58.
• Attach section 4 to an auxiliary crane.
• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting
points (2) and insert them into the clamps (3).
• Secure the pins.

• If necessary, fold the rope guide (4) upwards; à p. 7 - 49.

01.07.2017

7 - 48 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

Folding the rope guide downwards

• (A) – Remove the pins (1) from the connect-
ing points (2) at the left and right sides.
• (B) – Fold the rope guide (3) downwards.
• Insert the pins (1) back into the connecting
points (2) at the left and right sides.
• Secure the pins.

Folding the rope guide up

• (A) – Remove the pins (1) from the connect-
ing points (2) at the left and right sides.
• (B) – Fold the rope guide (3) upwards.
• Insert the pins (1) back into the connecting
points (2) at the left and right sides.
• Secure the pins.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 49

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

7.3.4 Establishing/separating connections between section 4 and

section 2

The connection between section 4 and section 2 when the ISS is rigged
from the swing-away lattice. This can occur on the ground or in the trans-
port position.

G
Risk of accidents due to swinging parts!
Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before
establishing or separating connections.
This prevents you from being crushed or caught by swinging sections.

In working Prerequisite:
position – The swing-away lattice must be in the working position.
– All connections are established according to the checklist.
– The section combination must be attached to an auxiliary crane.
– A guide rope must be attached.

Disconnecting
– The electrical connection between section 4
and section 2 is disconnected; à
p. 7 - 61.

• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting

points (2) and insert them into the clamps (3).
• Secure the pins.

01.07.2017

7 - 50 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

Connecting
• Derrick section 4 so that the connecting
points (2) align.
• Remove the pins (1) from the clamps (3) and
insert them into the connecting points (2) as
shown below; àDirection when inserting the
pins, p. 7 - 51.
• Secure the pins.

Direction when inserting the pins

If you insert the pins in a different direction
than shown here, this can cause problems
later when section 4 is rigged from the folded
swing-away lattice.

1 Pin
2 Pin with double taper

The arrow indicates the direction when

inserting the pin.

On the ground

G
Risk of accidents due to falling sections!
Before you break the connection between section 4 and the combination of
sections you must first support the individual sections so that they cannot
fall over.
This prevents the sections falling to the ground after separation and injur-
ing you or other people.

Prerequisites
– The swing-away lattice must be in the transport condition; à p. 5 - 8.
– A guide rope must be attached.
01.07.2017

– Section 2 or section 4 must be attached to an auxiliary crane.

s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 51
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

Disconnecting
– The electrical connection between section 4
and section 2 is disconnected; à
p. 5 - 93.

• Pack the swing-away lattice so that it cannot

fall over.
• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting
points (2) and insert them into the clamps (3).
• Secure the pins (1).
• Lift section 4 from the swing-away lattice.

Connecting
• Align the connecting points (2).
• Remove the pins (1) from the clamps (3) and
insert them into the connecting points (2) as
shown above; à
Direction when inserting the
pins, p. 7 - 51.
• Secure the pins.

01.07.2017

7 - 52 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

7.3.5 Connecting/disconnecting the electrical connections –

section 4/main boom

Connecting the electrical connections

• Unwind the cable (3) from the holder (4).

• Remove the plug (2) from the dummy
socket (5) and plug it into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be
damaged during crane operation.

Making the connections for the camera

• Unwind the cable (3) from the holder (4).

• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be
damaged during crane operation and
when slewing.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 53

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

Disconnecting the electrical connections

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1) and

plug it into the dummy socket (5).
• Wind the cable (3) onto the holder (4).

Disconnecting – for the camera

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).

• Wind the cable (3) onto the holder (4).
• Cover the plug and socket (1) with caps.

01.07.2017

7 - 54 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

7.3.6 Connecting/disconnecting the hydraulic connections –

section 4 / main boom

Connecting

• Remove the hoses (2) from the holder (3).

• Connect the hoses to the connections (1)
(match the markings).

Disconnecting

• Remove the hoses (2) from the connec-

tions (1).
• Close the hoses and the connections (1)
with the caps.
• Wind the hoses (2) onto the holder (3).
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 55

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

7.3.7 Folding out / folding in the deflection sheave on section 4

G
Risk of accidents by exceeding total permissible height!
Fold in the deflection sheaves when the ISS is folded onto the main boom
for driving. When the deflection sheave is folded out, the overall height
specified for on-road driving is exceeded.

G
Risk of crushing!
Always hold the deflection sheave firmly by the handle when removing
the pin.
Your fingers may be crushed if you hold the sheave by the side panel.

Folding out

• (A) – Hold the deflection sheave (3) tightly by

the handle (1) and pull out the pin (2).
• (B) – Fold the deflection sheave (3) upwards
until it is aligned with the connecting point.
• Insert the pin (2) into the connecting point.
• Secure the pin.

Folding in

• (A) – Hold the deflection sheave (4) tightly by

the handle (1) and pull out the pin (2).
• (B) – Fold the deflection sheave (4) down-
wards until it is aligned with the connecting
point (3).
• Insert the pin (2) into the connecting point.
• Secure the pin.
01.07.2017

7 - 56 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

7.3.8 Folding out / folding in the head sheave on section 4

G
Risk of crushing!
Always hold the head sheave by the handle when pulling out the pin.
Your fingers may be crushed if you hold the sheave by the side panel.

Folding out
• (A) – Remove the pin (1) from the connecting
point.
• Fold the head sheave (3) downwards using
the handle until the connection point (2) is
aligned.
• (B) – Insert the pin (1) into the connecting
point.
• Secure the pin.

Folding in
• (A) – Remove the pin (1) from the connecting
point.
• (B) – Manually fold the head sheave (3)
upwards by the handle until it is aligned
with the connecting point (2).
• Insert the pin (1) into the connecting point.
• Secure the pin.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 57

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

7.3.9 Fitting/removing the hoist rope – section 4

You can use the rigging hook for this à p. 3 - 14.

G
Risk of accidents due to falling parts!
Always secure the sheaves and rods with retaining pins.
This prevents sections coming loose, falling out and causing injuries.

Positioning
the hoist rope
• Remove the rods (3).
• Guide the hoist rope over the sheaves (1)
and (2).
• Insert the rods (3).
• Secure the rods.

Removing
the hoist rope

• Remove the rods (3).

• Guide the hoist rope off the sheaves (1)
and (2).
• Insert the rods (3).
• Secure the rods.
01.07.2017

7 - 58 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

7.3.10 Possible reeving methods on the heavy load lattice extension

3 sheave hook block

Reeving
A 4-fall
B 3-fall

1 sheave hook block

Reeving
A 2-fall
B 1-fall

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 59

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

Hook tackle
Reeving
A 1-fall

For straight reeving, the hoist rope is attached to the rope attachment
point (1).

Reeve the hoist rope; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

01.07.2017

7 - 60 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

7.3.11 Connecting/disconnecting the electrical connections –

section 4/section 2

Connecting the electrical connections

• Unwind the cable (3) from the holder (4).

• Remove the plug (2) from the dummy
socket (5) and plug it into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be
damaged during crane operation.

Making the connections for the camera

• Unwind the cable (3) from the holder (4).

• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be
damaged during crane operation.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 61

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

Disconnecting the electrical connections

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1) and

plug it into the dummy socket (5).
• Wind the cable (3) onto the holder (4).
• Cover the socket (1) with the cap.

Disconnecting – for the camera

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).

• Wind the cable (3) onto the holder (4).
• Cover the plug and socket (1) with caps.

01.07.2017

7 - 62 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

7.3.12 Installing / removing the lifting limit switch

Installation If only a single lifting limit switch is available you must use the lifting limit
switch belonging to the main boom; à
GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating
Instructions.

If several lifting limit switches are available, all those lifting limit switches
on the main boom from which no lifting limit switch weight is suspended
must be overridden; àGMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

• Plug the lifting limit switch (4) onto the

holder (3).
• Secure the lifting limit switch.
• Fasten the cable so that it does not sag
during crane operation and thus might be
damaged.
• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).
• Install the lifting limit switch weight (5) and
lay it around the hoist rope; à
GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

Removing the
hoist rope

• Remove the lifting limit switch weight (5);

à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instruc-
tions.
• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).
• Cover the socket (1) with the cap.
• Remove the lifting limit switch (4) from the
holder (3).
• Stow the lifting limit switch away so that it is
safe in traffic, or mount it on the main boom;
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instruc-
tions.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 63

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

7.3.13 Installing / removing the anemometer and air traffic control

light

S
Risk of damage during transport!
Before transporting the truck crane, always remove the anemometer and
the air traffic control light.
This prevents them protruding over the specified transport dimensions and
prevents the anemometer being damaged by sudden air currents.

Installation The anemometer supplied is used on the ISS.

The anemometer and the air traffic control light – if provided – are located
on the same rod.

• Insert the rod (5) into the holder (3) and

secure it.
• Remove the cable from the holders (4) and
connect
– the anemometer to the socket (2),
– the air traffic control light to the socket (1).
• Lay the cables in such a way that they will
not be damaged during crane operation.
• Check that the anemometer is able to swing
so that it hangs vertically even when the
main boom is raised.

Switching the air traffic control light on and off; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Operating Instructions.
01.07.2017

7 - 64 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

Removing the You must remove the rod with the anemometer/air traffic control light
hoist rope before driving on the road.

• Switch off the air traffic control light.

• Remove the plug and close the sockets (1)
and (2) with caps.
• Wind the cable on to the holder (4).
• Remove the rod (5) from the holder (3).
Stow away the anemometer so that it is safe in
traffic; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating
Instructions.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 65

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

7.3.14 Installing / removing the camera

Operating the camera; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

Installation

• Insert the camera (2) into the holder (1) and

secure it.
• Insert the plug (4) into the socket (3).
• Lay the cable (5) so that it will not be
damaged during crane operation.

Removing the hoist rope

• Take the plug (3) out of the socket (4) and

close the socket with the cap.
• Remove the camera (2) from the holder (1)
and insert the retaining pin in the holder.

01.07.2017

7 - 66 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

7.3.15 Folding out / folding in the deflection sheave on section 5

G
Risk of crushing!
Always hold the deflection sheave firmly by the handle when removing the
pin.
Your fingers may be crushed if you hold the sheave by the side panel.

Folding out

• (A) – Hold the deflection sheave (2) firmly by

the handle (1) and pull out the pin (3).
• (B) – Fold the deflection sheave (2) upwards
until the connecting points are aligned.
• Insert the pins (3) into the connecting points.
• Secure the pins.

Folding in

• (A) – Hold the deflection sheave (2) firmly by

the handle (1) and pull out the pin (3).
• Fold the deflection sheave (2) downwards
until the connecting points align.
• Insert the pins (3) into the connecting points.
• Secure the pins.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 67

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

7.3.16 Section 5/main boom – Establish/separate the connection

G
Risk of accidents due to swinging parts!
Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before
establishing or separating connections.
This prevents you from being crushed or caught by swinging sections.

– Section 5 must be attached to an auxiliary crane.

– A guide rope must be attached.

Connecting

• Align the connecting points (2).

• Remove the pins (1) from the clamps (3) and
insert them into the connecting points (2).
• Secure the pins.

Disconnecting

• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting

points (2) and insert them into the clamps (3).
• Secure the pins.
01.07.2017

7 - 68 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

7.3.17 Connecting/disconnecting the electrical connections –

section 5/main boom

Connecting the electrical connections

• Unwind the cable (3) from the holder (4).

• Remove the plug (2) from the dummy
socket (5) and plug it into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be
damaged during crane operation.

Making the connections for the camera

• Unwind the cable (3) from the holder (4).

• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be
damaged during crane operation.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 69

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

Disconnecting the electrical connections

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1) and

plug it into the dummy socket (5).
• Wind the cable (3) onto the holder (4).
• Cover the socket (1) with the cap.

Disconnecting – for the camera

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).

• Wind the cable (3) onto the holder (4).
• Close the plug (2) and the socket (1) with
the caps.

01.07.2017

7 - 70 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

7.3.18 Connecting/disconnecting the hydraulic connections –

section 5 / main boom

Connecting

• Remove the hoses (2) from the holders (3).

• Remove the caps from the connections (1)
and connect the hoses (2) (match the
markings).

Disconnecting

• Pull the hoses (2) off the connections (1).

• Close the hoses (2) and the connections (1)
with the caps.
• Secure the hoses (2) on the clamp (3) on
section 5.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 71

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

7.3.19 Installing/removing section 4 on section 5

G
Risk of accidents due to swinging parts!
Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before
establishing or separating connections.
This prevents you from being crushed or caught by swinging sections.

– Section 4 must be attached to an auxiliary crane.

– A guide rope must be attached.

Installing

• Align the connecting points (2).

• Remove the pins (1) from the clamps (3) and
insert them into the connecting points (1).
• Secure the pins.

Removing

• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting

points (2) and insert them into the clamps (3).
• Secure the pins. 01.07.2017

7 - 72 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

7.3.20 Connection/disconnecting the electrical connections between

section 4 and section 5

Connecting the electrical connections

• Unwind the cable (3) from the holder (4).

• Remove the plug (2) from the dummy socket
(5) and plug it into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be
damaged during crane operation.

Making the connections for the camera

• Unwind the cable (3) from the holder (4).

• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be
damaged during crane operation.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 73

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

Disconnecting the electrical connections

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1) and

plug it into the dummy socket (5).
• Wind the cable (3) onto the holder (4).
• Cover the socket (1) with the cap.

Disconnecting – for the camera

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).

• Wind the cable (3) onto the holder (4).
• Cover the plug and socket (1) with caps.

01.07.2017

7 - 74 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

7.3.21 Connection/disconnecting the hydraulic connection between

section 4 and section 5

Connecting

• Remove the hoses (2) from the holder (3).

• Connect the hoses to the connections (1)
(match the markings).

Disconnecting

• Remove the hoses (2) from the connec-

tions (1).
• Close the hoses and the connections (1)
with the caps.
• Wind the hoses on to the holder (3) on
section 4.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 75

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

7.3.22 Positioning/removing the hoist rope – section 5 and section 4

You can use the rigging hook for this à p. 3 - 14.

G
Risk of accidents due to falling parts!
Always secure the sheaves and rods with retaining pins.
This prevents sections coming loose, falling out and causing injuries.

Positioning the
hoist rope

• Remove the sheave (5) and rods (4).

• Guide the hoist rope via the deflection sheaves (1) and (2) and over the
head sheave (3).
• Fit the sheave and all rods (4).
• Secure the sheave and rods.
01.07.2017

7 - 76 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

Removing the
hoist rope

• Remove the sheave (5) and rods (4).

• Take the hoist rope off the head sheave (3) and the deflection sheaves (1)
and (2) and place it on the ground on the left side.
• Fit the sheave and all rods (4).
• Secure the sheave and rods.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 77

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.3 Rigging work

7.3.23 Derricking cylinder positions

S
Risk of damage to the swing-away lattice and add-on parts!
Ensure that all necessary connections have been established and separated
as specified in the checklist before lowering the ISS.
Do not derrick the ISS beyond the position shown by the markings.
This prevents damage to the connecting points or add-on parts.

The position (A) is reached when the pointer (4) and the marking (3) line up
as shown in the figure above.

When rigging into the working position

The swing-away lattice has been lowered far enough so that the
forks (5) can be swung into the hangar elements (6) on the main
Position (A)

boom.

When rigging in the transport position

The ISS is raised or lowered far enough so that the attachment
plate (2) can be pivoted into the Middle 2 connection (1).

To derrick the ISS with the hand-held control; à p. 5 - 113.

01.07.2017

7 - 78 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.4 ISS, derricking

7.4 ISS, derricking

Switching on the After the ignition is switched on, all of the power units will be switched off
derricking gear and the lamps in the corresponding buttons will light up only dimly.

• Press the button (1) once.

– The lamp in button (1) lights up brightly.
– Symbol (2) is green when the derricking gear is switched on.
If the control lever is assigned more than one function, all other power units
which are assigned the same control lever movement are switched off.

Raising and You can adjust the sensitivity of the control levers to suit the operating
lowering conditions; à
GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

G
Risk of accident due to unexpected crane movements!
If assigned more than one function, check whether the Derricking control
lever function is switched on before you move the control lever for derrick-
ing.
This prevents accidents due to unexpected crane movements.

Lowering: Push the control lever to the right – the swing-away lattice
will be lowered.
Raising: Push the control lever to the left – the swing-away lattice
will be raised.

You can regulate the speed by moving the control lever and changing the
engine speed with the accelerator.

H
The maximum derricking speed will automatically be reduced as the system
length is increased. If you now reduce the working radius (e.g. by retracting
the telescoping), the derricking speed will automatically be increased again.

When derricking the ISS the RCL switches automatically to the values for
fixed angle and intermediate angle stated in the lifting capacity table if per-
missible for the load currently being lifted.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 79

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.4 ISS, derricking

If this switchover is not permitted for the load currently raised, derricking
will be switched off and a corresponding error message will be generated.

You can adjust the desired engine speed (idling speed) with button (1);
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

You can limit the maximum derricking speed; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L

Operating Instructions.

Switching off the

derricking gear

• Press the button (1) once.

– The lamp in the button (1) lights up dimly.
– Symbol (2) is red when the derricking gear is switched off.
All power units are switched off and the lamps in the corresponding buttons
light up only dimly after turning off the ignition.

01.07.2017

7 - 80 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.5 Operation with the ISS

7.5 Operation with the ISS

The raising, lowering, slewing, derricking and telescoping movements of
the main boom are carried out in the same way as when operating with the
main boom. This section only contains information that you will need for a
rigged or folded ISS.
The ISS is referred to as the heavy load lattice extension in the following
sections.

7.5.1 Setting the RCL

Input

• Enter the current rigging mode for operation with the heavy load lattice
extension into the RCL. Either via the corresponding RCL code in accord-
ance with the lifting capacity table or via the individual components.
If you enter the current rigging mode via the individual components then
you must also additionally enter the length of the heavy load lattice
extension.

• Input the current reeving on the heavy load lattice extension for the hoist
whose hoist rope is reeved on the heavy load lattice extension into the
RCL.

H
The lifting capacity for the RCL code is enabled once the telescopic sections
are locked.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 81

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.5 Operation with the ISS

Shutdown Operation with the heavy load lattice extension is monitored by the RCL.
When operating with the heavy load lattice extension, RCL shutdowns may
occur for the same reasons as when operating with the main boom;
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

In certain rigging modes, the RCL shuts down when lifting loads that are
lighter than the maximum load bearing capacity specified in the lifting
capacity table.

– During operation with the heavy load lattice extension

If a hook block (3) is reeved at the main boom, then the displayed current
load (1) is influenced by
– The weight of the lifted load (2) and
– the weight of the hook block (3).

– During main boom operation

If a heavy load lattice extension (4) is installed, then the displayed current
load (1) is influenced by
– The weight of the lifted load (2) and
– the weight of the heavy load lattice extension (4) and
– the weight of the hook block (3) at the heavy load lattice extension.

H
The lifting capacity tables contain information for operations planning speci-
fying the values which must be subtracted from the specified maximum
load bearing capacities for certain rigging modes; à
Remarks about working
with the hydraulically inclinable heavy load lattice extension.

01.07.2017

7 - 82 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.5 Operation with the ISS

7.5.2 Derricking, telescoping the main boom

Slewing range
of 360°

G
Risk of accidents if the RCL is overridden!
Do not override the RCL when lowering the boom into horizontal position.
If the RCL is overridden, the crane operation will not be monitored and the
truck crane will overturn if it moves outside of the permissible working
range.

The requirements that must be satisfied before raising, lowering and tele-
scoping the main boom with a rigged heavy load lattice extension are per-
mitted, for a slewing range of 360° are monitored by the RCL. Further infor-
mation on the permissible angle ranges and lifting capacities is provided in
the lifting capacity table; à
Rigging tables - lattice extension.

If the main boom is set to a steep angle and if the heavy load lattice
extension is at 0°, the hook block may hit the main boom. When the
minimum permitted working radius has been reached, the RCL will prevent
the boom being raised further.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 83

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.5 Operation with the ISS

7.5.3 Procedure if permissible wind speeds are exceeded

G
Risk of accidents due to excessively high wind speeds!
If the current wind speed is higher than the maximum permissible wind
speed, cease crane operation immediately and set up the corresponding
rigging mode.
This will prevent the truck crane from overturning due to overload.

• Prior to and during crane operation, check whether the current wind
speed is lower than the maximum permissible wind speed.
• Make sure that you follow the notes on checking the wind speed;
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
If the maximum permitted wind speed is exceeded
An automatic shutdown does not occur if the maximum permissible wind
speed is exceeded.
• Immediately cease crane operation.
• Put the truck crane into the rigging mode specified for the current wind
speed in the lifting capacity table.

7.5.4 Instructions for turning loads over

à Turning loads over, p. 11 - 1.

01.07.2017

7 - 84 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.6 Maintenance

7.6 Maintenance

H
If the heavy load lattice extension has been in storage for an extended
period of time, perform maintenance work on it no later than when it is next
used.

7.6.1 Maintenance plan W W

Maintenance work on the HEAVY LOAD LATTICE EXTENSION:

Weekly
Heavy load lattice extension
– Grease the piston rod of the derricking cylinder à p. 7 - 87

7.6.2 Maintenance plan M 1 M1

Maintenance work on the HEAVY LOAD LATTICE EXTENSION:

Monthly/after approx. 100 operating hours
Heavy load lattice extension
– Lubricate the pins à p. 7 - 86

7.6.3 Maintenance plan M 3 M3

Maintenance work on the HEAVY LOAD LATTICE EXTENSION:

Every three months/after 250 oper. hrs.
Heavy load lattice extension
– Check the sheaves à p. 7 - 87
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 85

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.6 Maintenance

7.6.4 Maintenance plan M 12 M 12

Maintenance work on the HEAVY LOAD LATTICE EXTENSION:

Every twelve months/after 1,000 oper. hrs.
Heavy load lattice extension
– Lubricate joints à p. 7 - 89

7.6.5 Description of maintenance work

Pins, sheaves

Grease 1) Designation Specification GROVE

according to classification part no.1)
DIN 51502
Grease KP - L2K DIN 51825 00554201

1)
à Maintenance manual

Lubricate the pins – Section 4

• Lubricate the pins (1).

01.07.2017

7 - 86 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.6 Maintenance

Check the sheaves– Section 4

• Check the deflection sheave (1) and head
sheaves (2) for damage, wear, mobility and
heavy soiling.
• Have damaged, worn, stiff or extremely soiled
sheaves replaced by Manitowoc Crane Care or
an authorised GROVE dealer or your repair
crew.

Lubricate the pins – Section 5

• Lubricate the pins (1).

Check the sheaves– Section 5

• Check the deflection sheave (2) for damage,
wear, mobility and heavy soiling.
• Have damaged, worn, stiff or extremely soiled
sheaves replaced by Manitowoc Crane Care or
an authorised GROVE dealer or your repair
crew.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 87

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.6 Maintenance

Piston rod

Designation GROVE part no.1)

Lubricant RHUS 2 AF; 1 kg 03325215
(Apply the grease with a brush)
or
Spray on Berulub; 0.5 litres 01929824
(spray-on)

S
Risk of damage to the piston rod packing due to rust!
Ensure that the piston rod is always kept covered with a layer of grease.
This avoids the formation of rust which damages the piston rod packing
when lowering the boom.

Perform this maintenance work weekly or at the following points in time:

– After a longer period of storage
– After removal
– After every high-pressure cleaning of the truck crane
– Before the next usage of the crane
– Before putting out of service
• Clean any old grease, dirt particles and rust
from the piston rods (1) and if necessary (2).
• Grease the piston rods so that they are
evenly coated with a layer of grease.

After every high-pressure cleaning of the

truck crane
• Grease the piston rod. 01.07.2017

7 - 88 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.6 Maintenance

Joints
Grease 1) Designation Specification GROVE
according to classification part no.1)
DIN 51502
Grease KP - L2K DIN 51825 00554201

1) à Maintenance manual

Prerequisites
– The truck crane is secured against unauthorised use;
à Maintenance manual.
or
– ISS is removed; à p. 7 - 13.
Lubricate joints
Section 4 is fitted with four grease nipples (1).

• Clean the grease nipples (1).

• Press grease into the grease nipples (1) until
new grease comes out at the lubricating
point.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 7 - 89

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Integral heavy load lattice extension (ISS) 1.8 + 2.0 m/9.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft/32.2 + 6.6 ft)
7.6 Maintenance

Blank page

01.07.2017

7 - 90 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 8
8 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS)
2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.1 Operations planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1
8.1.1 Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1
8.1.2 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 2
8.1.3 Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 3
8.1.4 Transport dimensions and weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 4
8.1.5 Transport condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 5
8.2 Checklists for rigging work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 7
8.2.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 7
8.2.2 CHECKLIST: SLS Installing 2.0 m (6.6 ft) – into the working position . . . . . . . . 8 - 8
8.2.3 CHECKLIST: SLS Installing 2.0 m (6.6 ft) – into the transport position . . . . . . . 8 - 11
8.2.4 CHECKLIST: SLS Removing 2.0 m (6.6 ft) – from the working position . . . . . . . 8 - 12
8.2.5 CHECKLIST: SLS Removing 2.0 m (6.6 ft) – from transport position . . . . . . . . . 8 - 15
8.2.6 CHECKLIST: SLS Rigging 2.0 m (6.6 ft) – into the working position. . . . . . . . . . 8 - 17
8.2.7 CHECKLIST: SLS Rigging 2.0 m (6.6 ft) – into the transport position . . . . . . . . . 8 - 20
8.2.8 CHECKLIST: SLS Installing 10.0 m (32.8 ft). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 23
8.2.9 CHECKLIST: SLS Removing 10.0 m (32.8 ft). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 27
8.3 Description of the rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 31
8.3.1 Section 6/main boom– Establish/separate the connection in the
working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 31
8.3.2 Section 6/main boom – Establish/separate the connection in the
transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 33
8.3.3 Bringing section 6 from the transport position into the working position. . . . . 8 - 35
8.3.4 Bringing section 6 into the transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 36
8.3.5 Section 6/main boom – Establish/separate the electrical connections . . . . . . . 8 - 37
8.3.6 Section 6 – Setting the angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 39
8.3.7 Section 6 – Fitting/removing the hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 40
8.3.8 Possible reeving methods on the heavy load lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 41
8.3.9 Installing / removing the lifting limit switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 43
8.3.10 Installing / removing the anemometer and air traffic control light . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 44
8.3.11 Installing / removing the camera. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 46
8.3.12 Section 5 – Folding out/folding in the deflection sheave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 47
8.3.13 Section 5/main boom – Establish/separate the connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 48
8.3.14 Section 5/main boom – Establish/separate the electrical connections . . . . . . . 8 - 49
8.3.15 Section 6/section 5 – Establishing/separating the connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 51
8.3.16 Section 6/section 5 – Establishing/separating the electrical connections . . . . . 8 - 52
01.07.2017

8.3.17 Section 6/section 5 – Fitting/removing the hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 54

8.4 Operation with the heavy load lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 57
8.4.1 Setting the RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 57
8.4.2 Derricking, telescoping the main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 59

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
8.4.3 Procedure if permissible wind speeds are exceeded. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 60
8.4.4 Instructions for turning loads over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 60
8.5 Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 61
8.5.4 Description of maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 62

01.07.2017

3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.1 Operations planning

8 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m

(6.6 ft/32.8 ft)

8.1 Operations planning

8.1.1 Assembly

S
Risk of overturning in other combinations!
Assemble the heavy load lattice extension only in the combinations listed
as permissible in the lifting capacity table. Other combinations are not
monitored by the RCL.

Permissible combinations

Combination Designation Z + Y 1) Sections used

Heavy load lattice
0 m + 2.0 m
A extension 2.0 m
(0 ft + 6.6 ft) 6
(6.6 ft)
Heavy load lattice
8.0 m + 2.0 m
B extension 10.0 m
(26. 2 ft + 6.6 ft) 5+6
(32.8 ft)
01.07.2017

1)
Designation in the lifting capacity table:
Z = length before setting the angle
Y = length after setting the angle

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8-1

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.1 Operations planning

8.1.2 Identification

G
Risk of accidents if heavy load lattice extensions are interchanged!
Install only the heavy load lattice extension that belongs to the truck crane.
No other heavy load lattice extensions may be installed.

Section 6

The truck crane and the corresponding

section 6 must be labelled with the same
serial number (1).

Section 5

The truck crane and the corresponding

section 5 must be labelled with the same
serial number (1).
01.07.2017

8-2 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.1 Operations planning

8.1.3 Slinging points

G
Risk of accidents if used improperly!
Sling the heavy load lattice extension only at the slinging points provided.
Use only lifting gear and joining elements of sufficient load bearing
capacity.

Section 6

The slinging points (1) are marked with the

sticker (4).

The information on the weight and the neces-

sary lifting gear is provided on the sticker (3).

The rope attachment point (2) serves as the

slinging point for the guide rope.

Section 5

The slinging points (1) are marked with

stickers (5).

The information on the weight and the neces-

sary lifting gear is provided on the sticker (3)
for the derricking design and the sticker (4) for
the inclinable design.

The grille (2) serves as the slinging point for

the guide rope.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8-3

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.1 Operations planning

8.1.4 Transport dimensions and weights

Section Version Length x width x Weight

height in kg (lbs)
in m (ft)
625
inclinable
8.10 x 0.65 x 1.105 (1 380)
5 (26.6 x 2.1 x 3.6) 650
derricking
(1 435)
2.30 x 0.97 x 1.66 450
6 –
(7.5 x 3.2 x 5.4) (995)

01.07.2017

8-4 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.1 Operations planning

8.1.5 Transport condition

Section 5
• Check that the heavy lattice load extension
is in the transport condition or establish this
now, if necessary.
– All pins (1) are secured in the holders.
– The electrical cable is closed with the
cap (3).
– The plug (5) has been inserted in the
dummy socket.
– The deflection sheave (6) is folded in and
secured.
– The section 5 must be secured to a suita-
ble support (7).
– With the derricking design, all hoses are
closed with the caps (2) and wound onto
the clamp (4).

Section 6
Removed
• Check that the heavy lattice load extension
is in the transport condition or establish this
now, if necessary.
– All pins (1) are secured in the holders.
– The plug (6) has been inserted in the
dummy socket.
– All sockets (4) are closed with caps.
– The angle position (3) must be set to 0°
and the pin must be inserted and secured.
– The chain hoist (2) must be mounted and
sufficiently tensioned so that it cannot
come loose during transport.
– The rope attachment point (5) is folded
upwards.
– Section 6 must be secured to a suitable
support.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8-5

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.1 Operations planning

Folded
• Check that the heavy lattice load extension
is in the transport condition or establish this
now, if necessary.
– The swivel pins (1) must be secured in the
connecting points (2) .
– The spring pin (5) is engaged in the
clamp (4) and secured.
– All pins (3) are secured in the holders.

– The rope attachment point (1) is folded

upwards.
– The angle position (2) must be set to 0°
and the pin must be inserted and secured.
– All sockets (3) are closed with caps.
– The plug (4) has been inserted in the
dummy socket.
– The chain block (5) has been removed.

01.07.2017

8-6 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.2 Checklists for rigging work

8.2 Checklists for rigging work

8.2.1 Overview

The distinction is made between various different procedures.

– Installation and removal

These procedures have to be performed when the lattice extension is
being transported separately. The installation and removal of the lattice
extension is described.
– Rigging
These procedures must be performed when the lattice extension is being
transported on the crane. The changeover between the transport position
and the operating position is described.
The following table shows which checklist is applicable for any required
rigging work.

Required rigging work Checklist

– SLS Install – In operating position CHECKLIST: SLS Installing 2.0 m
(6.6 ft) – into the working position,
p. 8 - 8
– In transport position CHECKLIST: SLS Installing 2.0 m
(6.6 ft) – into the transport posi-
tion, p. 8 - 11
– SLS Removing – From operating CHECKLIST: SLS Removing
position 2.0 m (6.6 ft) – from the working
SLS 2.0 m position, p. 8 - 12
(6.6 ft) – From transport CHECKLIST: SLS Removing
position 2.0 m (6.6 ft) – from transport posi-
tion, p. 8 - 15
– SLS rigging – In operating position CHECKLIST: SLS Rigging 2.0 m
(6.6 ft) – into the working position,
p. 8 - 17
– In transport position CHECKLIST: SLS Rigging 2.0 m
(6.6 ft) – into the transport posi-
tion, p. 8 - 20
– SLS Install – In operating position CHECKLIST: SLS Installing
SLS 10.0 m
10.0 m (32.8 ft), p. 8 - 23
(32.8 ft) – SLS Removing – From operating CHECKLIST: SLS Removing
01.07.2017

position 10.0 m (32.8 ft), p. 8 - 27

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8-7

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.2 Checklists for rigging work

8.2.2 CHECKLIST: SLS Installing 2.0 m (6.6 ft) – into the working
position

H
This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying
instructions, which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prerequisites
– The truck crane must be supported on outriggers; à GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be
rigged; à
GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The main boom must be completely retracted and lowered into the
horizontal position; à
GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– An auxiliary crane must be available.

2. Check the transport condition of section 6; à p. 8 - 5.

3. – Fasten slings to section 6 and attach a guide rope.

– Lift section 6 into position in front of the main boom.
à Identification, p. 8 - 2
à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 8 - 4
à Slinging points, p. 8 - 3

4. – Establish a mechanical connection between section 6 and the main

boom; àp. 8 - 31.
01.07.2017

– Remove the lifting gear and the guide rope.

8-8 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.2 Checklists for rigging work

5. Establish electrical connection between section 6 and the main boom;

à p. 8 - 37.

6. Adjust the angle position, if necessary; à p. 8 - 39.

7. Place the hoist rope on section 6; à p. 8 - 40.

8. Reeve the hook block.

à Possible reeving methods on the heavy load lattice extension, p. 8 - 41
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions

à p. 8 - 43.
9. – Install the lifting limit switch;
– Attach the lifting limit switch weight; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Oper-
ating Instructions.

10. Mount the anemometer and if necessary the air traffic control light;
à p. 8 - 44.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8-9

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.2 Checklists for rigging work

11. If necessary, mount the camera; à p. 8 - 46.

12. Check the horizontal alignment of the truck crane and correct it if nec-
essary; à
GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

13. Enter the current rigging mode with the rigged heavy load lattice exten-
sion; àp. 8 - 57.

14. Enter current reeving; à p. 8 - 41.

01.07.2017

8 - 10 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.2 Checklists for rigging work

8.2.3 CHECKLIST: SLS Installing 2.0 m (6.6 ft) – into the transport
position

H
This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying
instructions, which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prerequisites
– The truck crane must be supported on outriggers; à GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be
rigged;à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The main boom must be completely retracted and lowered into the
horizontal position;àGMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– An auxiliary crane must be available.

2. Check the transport condition of section 6; à p. 8 - 5.

3. – Fasten slings to section 6 and attach a guide rope.

– Lift section 6 into position at the main boom.
à Identification, p. 8 - 2
à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 8 - 4
à Slinging points, p. 8 - 3

4. – Establish a mechanical connection between section 6 and the main

boom; à p. 8 - 33.
01.07.2017

– Remove the lifting gear and the guide rope.

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 11

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.2 Checklists for rigging work

8.2.4 CHECKLIST: SLS Removing 2.0 m (6.6 ft) – from the working
position

H
This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying
instructions, which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prerequisites
– The truck crane must be supported on outriggers; à GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be
rigged; à
GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The main boom must be completely retracted and lowered into the
horizontal position; à
GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– An auxiliary crane must be available.

2. Remove the anemometer and if necessary the air traffic control light;
à p. 8 - 45.

3. If necessary, remove the camera; à p. 8 - 46.

4. – Remove the lifting limit switch weight.; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L

Operating Instructions
à p. 8 - 43.
01.07.2017

– Remove the lifting limit switch;

8 - 12 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.2 Checklists for rigging work

5. Set down the hook block and unreeve the hoist rope;
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

6. Remove the hoist rope from section 6; à p. 8 - 40.

7. Set 0° angle, if necessary; à p. 8 - 39.

8. Disconnect the electrical connection between section 6 and the main

boom; à p. 8 - 38.

9. Fasten slings to section 6 and attach a guide rope.

à Identification, p. 8 - 2
à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 8 - 4
à Slinging points, p. 8 - 3

10. Disconnect the connection between section 6 and the main boom;
à p. 8 - 33.
01.07.2017

s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 13
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.2 Checklists for rigging work

11. Remove section 6 from the main boom and put it aside.

12. Check the transport condition of section 6; à p. 8 - 5.

13. Reeve the hoist rope on to the main boom head, or roll it onto the drum;
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

01.07.2017

8 - 14 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.2 Checklists for rigging work

8.2.5 CHECKLIST: SLS Removing 2.0 m (6.6 ft) – from transport

position

H
This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying
instructions, which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prerequisites
– The truck crane must be supported on outriggers; à GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be
rigged;à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The main boom must be completely retracted and lowered into the
horizontal position;àGMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– Section 6 is folded up against the side of the main boom.
– An auxiliary crane must be available.

2. Fasten slings to section 6 and attach a guide rope.

à Identification, p. 8 - 2
à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 8 - 4
à Slinging points, p. 8 - 3

3. Disconnect the connection between section 6 and the main boom;

à p. 8 - 31.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 15

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.2 Checklists for rigging work

4. Remove section 6 from the main boom and put it aside.

5. Check the transport condition of section 6; à p. 8 - 5.

6. Reeve the hoist rope on to the main boom head, or roll it onto the drum;
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

01.07.2017

8 - 16 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.2 Checklists for rigging work

8.2.6 CHECKLIST: SLS Rigging 2.0 m (6.6 ft) – into the working
position

H
This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying
instructions, which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prerequisites
– The truck crane must be supported on outriggers; à GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be
rigged;à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The main boom must be completely retracted and lowered into the
horizontal position;àGMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

2. Fasten the guide rope to section 6; à p. 8 - 3.

3. – Bring section 6 into the working position; à p. 8 - 35.

– Remove the guide rope.

4. Establish electrical connection between section 6 and the main boom;

à p. 8 - 37.
01.07.2017

s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 17
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.2 Checklists for rigging work

5. Adjust the angle position, if necessary; à p. 8 - 39.

6. Place the hoist rope on section 6; à p. 8 - 40.

7. Reeve the hook block.

à Possible reeving methods on the heavy load lattice extension, p. 8 - 41
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions

8. – Install the lifting limit switch;à p. 8 - 43.

– Attach the lifting limit switch weight; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Oper-
ating Instructions.

9. Mount the anemometer and if necessary the air traffic control light;
àp. 8 - 44.

10. If necessary, mount the camera; à p. 8 - 46.

01.07.2017

8 - 18 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.2 Checklists for rigging work

11. Check the horizontal alignment of the truck crane and correct it if
necessary; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

12. Enter the current rigging mode with the rigged heavy load lattice
extension; à p. 8 - 57.

13. Enter current reeving; à p. 8 - 41.

01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 19

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.2 Checklists for rigging work

8.2.7 CHECKLIST: SLS Rigging 2.0 m (6.6 ft) – into the transport
position

H
This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying
instructions, which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warnings and safety instructions there!

1. Prerequisites
– The truck crane must be supported on outriggers; à GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be
rigged; à
GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The main boom must be completely retracted and lowered into the
horizontal position; à
GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

2. Remove the anemometer and if necessary the air traffic control light;
à p. 8 - 44.

3. If necessary, remove the camera; à p. 8 - 46.

4. – Remove the lifting limit switch weight.; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L

Operating Instructions
– Remove the lifting limit switch; à p. 8 - 43.
01.07.2017

8 - 20 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.2 Checklists for rigging work

5. Set down the hook block and unreeve the hoist rope; à GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

6. Remove the hoist rope from section 6; à p. 8 - 40.

7. Set 0° angle, if necessary; à p. 8 - 39.

8. Disconnect the electrical connection between section 6 and the main

boom; à p. 8 - 38.

9. Fasten the guide rope to section 6; à p. 8 - 3.

10. – Bring section 6 into the transport position; à p. 8 - 36.

– Remove the guide rope.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 21

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.2 Checklists for rigging work

11. Check the transport position of section 6; à p. 8 - 6.

12. Reeve the hoist rope on to the main boom head, or roll it onto the drum;
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

01.07.2017

8 - 22 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.2 Checklists for rigging work

8.2.8 CHECKLIST: SLS Installing 10.0 m (32.8 ft)

H
This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying
instructions, which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prerequisites
– The truck crane must be supported on outriggers; à GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be
rigged;à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The main boom must be completely retracted and lowered into the
horizontal position;àGMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– An auxiliary crane must be available.

2. Check the transport condition of section 5; à p. 8 - 5.

3. Fold out the deflection sheave on section 5 and secure it; à p. 8 - 47.

4. – Fasten slings to section 5 and attach a guide rope.

– Lift section 5 into position in front of the main boom.
à Identification, p. 8 - 2
à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 8 - 4
01.07.2017

à Slinging points, p. 8 - 3
s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 23
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.2 Checklists for rigging work

5. – Establish a mechanical connection between section 5 and the main

boom; àp. 8 - 48.
– Remove the lifting gear and the guide rope.

6. Establish electrical connection between section 5 and the main boom;

à p. 8 - 49.

7. Check the transport condition of section 6; à p. 8 - 5.

8. – Fasten slings to section 6 and attach a guide rope.

– Lift section 6 up in front of section 5.
à Identification, p. 8 - 2
à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 8 - 4
à Slinging points, p. 8 - 3

9. – Establish the connection between section 6 and section 5;

à p. 8 - 51.
– Remove the lifting gear and the guide rope.

10. Establish the electrical connection between section 6 and section 5;

à p. 8 - 52.
01.07.2017

8 - 24 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.2 Checklists for rigging work

11. Adjust the angle position, if necessary; à p. 8 - 39.

12. Lay the hoist rope on to section 5 and section 6; à p. 8 - 54.

13. Reeve the hook block.

à Possible reeving methods on the heavy load lattice extension, p. 8 - 41
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions

à p. 8 - 43.
14. – Install the lifting limit switch;
– Attach the lifting limit switch weight; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Oper-
ating Instructions.

15. Mount the anemometer and if necessary the air traffic control light;
à p. 8 - 44.

16. If necessary, mount the camera; à p. 8 - 46.

01.07.2017

s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 25
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.2 Checklists for rigging work

17. Check the horizontal alignment of the truck crane and correct it if
necessary; à
GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

18. Enter the current rigging mode with the rigged heavy load lattice
extension; à
p. 8 - 57.

19. Enter current reeving; à p. 8 - 41.

01.07.2017

8 - 26 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.2 Checklists for rigging work

8.2.9 CHECKLIST: SLS Removing 10.0 m (32.8 ft)

H
This checklist is not a complete operating manual. There are accompanying
instructions, which are indicated by cross-references.
Observe the warnings and safety instructions there.

1. Prerequisites
– The truck crane must be supported on outriggers; à GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The appropriate counterweight for the crane operation must be
rigged;à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– The main boom must be completely retracted and lowered into the
horizontal position;àGMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– An auxiliary crane must be available.

2. Remove the anemometer and if necessary the air traffic control light;
à p. 8 - 44.

3. If necessary, remove the camera; à p. 8 - 46.

4. – Remove the lifting limit switch weight.; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L

Operating Instructions
– Remove the lifting limit switch; à p. 8 - 43.
01.07.2017

s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 27
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.2 Checklists for rigging work

5. Set down the hook block and unreeve the hoist rope; à GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

6. Remove the hoist rope from section 5 and section 6; à p. 8 - 54.

7. Set 0° angle, if necessary; à p. 8 - 39.

8. Disconnect the electrical connection between section 6 and section 5;

à p. 8 - 53.

9. Fasten slings to section 6 and attach a guide rope.

à Identification, p. 8 - 2
à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 8 - 4
à Slinging points, p. 8 - 3

10. Disconnect the connection between section 6 and section 5;

à p. 8 - 51.
01.07.2017

8 - 28 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.2 Checklists for rigging work

11. Take section 6 off section 5 and put it aside.

12. Check the transport condition of section 6; à p. 8 - 5.

13. Disconnect the electrical connection between section 5 and the main
boom; à p. 8 - 50.

14. Fasten slings to section 5 and attach a guide rope.

à Identification, p. 8 - 2
à Transport dimensions and weights, p. 8 - 4
à Slinging points, p. 8 - 3

15. Disconnect the connection between section 5 and the main boom;
à p. 8 - 48.

16. Remove section 5 from the main boom and put it aside.
01.07.2017

s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 29
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.2 Checklists for rigging work

17. Fold in and secure the deflection sheave at section 5; à p. 8 - 47.

18. Check the transport condition of section 5; à p. 8 - 5.

19. Reeve the hoist rope on to the main boom head, or roll it onto the drum;
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

01.07.2017

8 - 30 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

8.3 Description of the rigging work

8.3.1 Section 6/main boom– Establish/separate the connection in

the working position

G
Risk of accidents due to swinging parts!
Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before estab-
lishing or separating connections.
This prevents you from being crushed or caught by swinging sections.

– Section 6 must be attached to an auxiliary crane.

– A guide rope must be attached.

Connecting

• Align the connecting points (2).

• Remove the pins (1) from the clamps (3) and
plug them into the connecting points.
• Secure the pins.

• Remove the swivel pins (1) from the

holders (3) and plug them into the
connecting points (2).
• Secure the swivel pins.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 31

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

Disconnecting

• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting

points (2) and insert them into the
clamps (3).
• Secure the pins.

• Remove the swivel pins (1) from the con-

necting points (2) and plug them into the
clamps (3).
• Secure the swivel pins.

01.07.2017

8 - 32 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

8.3.2 Section 6/main boom – Establish/separate the connection in

the transport position

G
Risk of accidents due to swinging parts!
Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before estab-
lishing or separating connections.
This prevents you from being crushed or caught by swinging sections.

– Section 6 must be attached to an auxiliary crane.

– A guide rope must be attached.

Connecting

• Align the connecting points (2).

• Remove the swivel pins (1) from the
holders (3) and plug them into the
connecting points (2).
• Secure the swivel pins.

• (A) – Remove the linchpin from the spring

pin (1).
• (B) – Swing section 6 onto the main boom
until the spring pin (1) engages in the
clamp (2).
• Secure the spring pin (1) with the linchpin.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 33

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

Disconnecting

• (A) – Remove the linchpin from the spring

pin (1).
• (B) – Pull the spring pin (1) out of the
clamp (2) and swing section 6 somewhat
outwards.
• Secure the spring pin (1) with the linchpin.

• Remove the swivel pins (1) from the con-

necting points (2) and plug them into the
clamps (3).
• Secure the swivel pins.

01.07.2017

8 - 34 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

8.3.3 Bringing section 6 from the transport position into the working
position

G
Risk of accidents due to section 6 falling down!
Ensure that the swivel pins are inserted.
This prevents section 6 falling down and causing injuries.

– A guide rope must be attached.

The swivel pins (1) must be secured in the

connecting points (2).

• (A) – Remove the linchpin from the spring

pin (3).
• Pull the spring pin (3) out of the clamp (4)
and swing section 6 somewhat outwards.
• (B) – Secure the spring pin (3) with the
linchpin.

• Swing section 6 in front of the main boom

until the connecting points (2) are aligned.
• Remove the pins (1) from the clamps (3) and
insert them into the connecting points (2).
• Secure the pins.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 35

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

8.3.4 Bringing section 6 into the transport position

G
Risk of accidents due to section 6 falling down!
Before you remove the pins from the connecting points, make sure that the
swivel pins are inserted.
This prevents section 6 falling down and causing injuries.

– A guide rope must be attached.

The swivel pins (1) must be secured in the

connecting points (2).

• Remove the pins (3) from the connecting

points (5) and insert them into the
clamps (4).
• Secure the pins.

• (A) – Remove the linchpin from the spring

pin (1).
• (B) – Swing section 6 onto the main boom
until the spring pin (1) engages in the
clamp (2).
• Secure the spring pin (1) with the linchpin.
01.07.2017

8 - 36 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

8.3.5 Section 6/main boom – Establish/separate the electrical

connections

Connecting the electrical connections

• Unwind the cable (3) from the holder (4).

• Remove the plug (2) from the dummy
socket (5) and plug it into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be
damaged during crane operation.

Making the connections for the camera

• Unwind the cable (3) from the holder (4).

• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be
damaged during crane operation.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 37

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

Disconnecting the electrical connections

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1) and

plug it into the dummy socket (5).
• Wind the cable (3) onto the holder (4).
• Cover the socket (1) with the cap.

Disconnecting – for the camera

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).

• Wind the cable (3) onto the holder (4).
• Close the plug (2) and the socket (1) with
the caps.

01.07.2017

8 - 38 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

8.3.6 Section 6 – Setting the angle

S
Risk of damage when the chain hoist is installed!
Always remove the chain hoist before starting crane operation.
This prevents overloading of the chain hoist and prevents damage resulting
from a collision between chain hoist components and the crane.

S
Danger for incorrectly set 40° angle!
When setting the 40° angle, you must first reconfigure the pins before low-
ering the heavy load lattice extension with the chain hoist. If the pins are
inserted after lowering the heavy load lattice extension then the angle is
greater than 40°.

• Attach the chain hoist supplied (2) at the

slinging points (1) and (3).
• Use the chain hoist to relieve the load on the
pins (5).

For a 0° angle
• (B) – Remove the pin (5) from the connecting
point (6).
• (A) – Lift the heavy load lattice extension
right up to the stop.
• Insert the pin (5) into the connecting
point (4).
• Secure the pin.

For a 40° angle

• (A) – Insert the pin (5) from the connecting
point (4) into the connecting point (6).
• (B) – Lower the heavy load lattice extension
right down to the stop.
• Secure the pin.

For crane operation

• Loosen the chain hoist.
• Remove the chain hoist.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 39

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

8.3.7 Section 6 – Fitting/removing the hoist rope

G
Risk of accidents due to falling parts!
Always secure the sheaves and rods with retaining pins.
This prevents sections coming loose, falling out and causing injuries.

Positioning the hoist rope

• Remove the rod (2).

• Pull out the rod (4) and fold the rope
attachment point (5) downwards.
• Guide the hoist rope over the sheaves (1)
and (3).
• Insert the rods (2) and (4).
• Secure the rods.

Removing the hoist rope

• Remove the rods (2) and (4).

• Remove the hoist rope from the sheaves (1)
and (3).
• Fold the rope attachment point (5) upwards
and secure it with the rod (4).
• Insert the rod (2).
• Secure the rods.
01.07.2017

8 - 40 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

8.3.8 Possible reeving methods on the heavy load lattice extension

3 sheave hook block

Reeving
A 4-fall
B 3-fall

1 sheave hook block

Reeving
A 3-fall
B 2-fall
C 1-fall

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 41

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

Hook tackle
Reeving
A 1-fall

For straight reeving, the hoist rope is attached to the rope attachment
point (1).

Reeve the hoist rope; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

01.07.2017

8 - 42 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

8.3.9 Installing / removing the lifting limit switch

Installation If only a single lifting limit switch is available you must use the lifting limit
switch belonging to the main boom; à
GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating
Instructions.

If several lifting limit switches are available, all those lifting limit switches
on the main boom from which no lifting limit switch weight is suspended
must be overridden; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

• Plug the lifting limit switch (4) onto the

holder (3).
• Secure the lifting limit switch.
• Lay the cable so that it will not be damaged
during crane operation.
• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).
• Install the lifting limit switch weight (5) and
lay it around the hoist rope; à GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

Removing the
hoist rope

• Remove the lifting limit switch weight (5);

à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instruc-
tions.
• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).
• Cover the socket (1) with the cap.
• Remove the lifting limit switch (4) from the
holder (3).
• Stow the lifting limit switch so that it is safe
in traffic, or install it on the main boom;
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instruc-
tions.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 43

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

8.3.10 Installing / removing the anemometer and air traffic control

light

S
Risk of damage during transport!
Before transporting the truck crane, remove the anemometer and the air
traffic control light.
This prevents them protruding over the specified transport dimensions and
prevents the anemometer being damaged by sudden air currents.

Installation You must install the anemometer for operation with the heavy load lattice
extension.

The anemometer and the air traffic control light – if provided – are located
on the same rod.

• Insert the rod (5) into the holder (3) and

secure it.
• Remove the cable from the holders (4) and
connect
– the anemometer to the socket (1),
– the air traffic control light to the socket (2).
• Lay the cables in such a way that they will
not be damaged during crane operation.
• Check that the anemometer is able to swing
so that it hangs vertically even when the
main boom is raised.

Switching the air traffic control light on and off; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Operating Instructions.
01.07.2017

8 - 44 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

Removing the You must remove the rod with the anemometer/air traffic control light
hoist rope before driving on the road.

• Switch off the air traffic control light.

• Remove the plug and close the sockets (1)
and (2) with caps.
• Wind the cable on to the holder (4).
• Remove the rod (5) from the holder (3).
• Stow away the anemometer so that it is safe
à
in traffic; GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operat-
ing Instructions.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 45

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

8.3.11 Installing / removing the camera

Operating the camera; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

Installation

• Insert the camera (2) into the holder (1) and

secure it.
• Insert the plug (3) into the socket (4).
• Lay the cable (5) so that it will not be
damaged during crane operation.

Removing the hoist rope

• Remove the plug (3) from the socket (4).

• Close the plug (3) and the socket (4) with the
caps.
• Remove the camera (2) from the holder (1)
and insert the retaining pin in the holder.

01.07.2017

8 - 46 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

8.3.12 Section 5 – Folding out/folding in the deflection sheave

G
Risk of crushing!
Always hold the deflection sheave firmly by the handle when removing the
pin.
Your fingers may be crushed if you hold the sheave by the side panel.

Folding out

• (A) – Hold the deflection sheave (2) firmly by

the handle (1) and pull out the pin (3).
• (B) – Fold the deflection sheave (2) upwards
until the connecting points line up.
• Insert the pins (3) into the connecting points.
• Secure the pins.

Folding in

• (A) – Hold the deflection sheave (2) firmly by

the handle (1) and pull out the pin (3).
• (B) – Fold the deflection sheave (2) down-
wards until the connecting points align.
• Insert the pins (3) into the connecting points.
• Secure the pins.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 47

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

8.3.13 Section 5/main boom – Establish/separate the connection

G
Risk of accidents due to swinging parts!
Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before
establishing or separating connections.
This prevents you from being crushed or caught by swinging sections.

– Section 5 must be attached to an auxiliary crane.

– A guide rope must be attached.

Connecting

• Align the connecting points (2).

• Remove the pins (1) from the clamps (3) and
insert them into the connecting points (2).
• Secure the pins.

Disconnecting

• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting

points (2) and insert them into the
clamps (3).
• Secure the pins. 01.07.2017

8 - 48 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

8.3.14 Section 5/main boom – Establish/separate the electrical

connections

Connecting the electrical connections

• Unwind the cable (3) from the holder (4).

• Remove the plug (2) from the dummy
socket (5) and plug it into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be dam-
aged during crane operation.

Making the connections for the camera

• Unwind the cable (3) from the holder (4).

• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be
damaged during crane operation.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 49

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

Disconnecting the electrical connections

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1) and

plug it into the dummy socket (5).
• Wind the cable (3) onto the holder (4).
• Cover the socket (1) with the cap.

Disconnecting – for the camera

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).

• Wind the cable (3) onto the holder (4).
Close the plug (2) and the socket (1) with the
caps.

01.07.2017

8 - 50 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

8.3.15 Section 6/section 5 – Establishing/separating the connection

G
Risk of accidents due to swinging parts!
Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before estab-
lishing or separating connections.
This prevents you from being crushed or caught by swinging sections.

– Section 6 must be attached to an auxiliary crane.

– A guide rope must be attached.

Connecting

• Align the connecting points (2).

• Remove the pins (1) from the clamps (3) and
insert them into the connecting points (2).
• Secure the pins.

Disconnecting

• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting

points (2) and insert them into the
clamps (3).
• Secure the pins.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 51

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

8.3.16 Section 6/section 5 – Establishing/separating the electrical

connections

Connecting the electrical connections

• Unwind the cable (3) from the holder (4).

• Remove the plug (2) from the dummy socket
(5) and plug it into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be
damaged during crane operation.

Making the connections for the camera

• Unwind the cable (3) from the holder (4).

• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be
damaged during crane operation.

01.07.2017

8 - 52 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

Disconnecting the electrical connections

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1) and

plug it into the dummy socket (5).
• Wind the cable (3) onto the holder (4).
• Cover the socket (1) with the cap.

Disconnecting – for the camera

• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (1).

• Wind the cable (3) onto the holder (4).
• Close the plug (2) and the socket (1) with
the caps.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 53

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

8.3.17 Section 6/section 5 – Fitting/removing the hoist rope

G
Risk of accidents due to falling parts!
Always secure the sheaves and rods with retaining pins.
This prevents sections coming loose, falling out and causing injuries.

Positioning the
hoist rope

• Remove the rod and sheave (4).

• Remove the rod (5).
• Pull out the rod (6) and fold the rope attachment point (7) downwards.
• Guide the hoist rope via the deflection sheaves (1) and (2) and over the
head sheave (3).
• Insert the rods (5) and (6).
• Install the sheave and the rod (4).
• Secure the rods.
01.07.2017

8 - 54 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

Removing the
hoist rope

• Remove the rod and sheave (4).

• Remove the rods (5) and (6).
• Remove the hoist rope from the head sheave (3) and the deflection
sheaves (2) and (1).
• Lay the hoist rope down on the ground at the left-hand side or roll it onto
the drum up to the main boom head or up to the rope drum.
• Fold the rope attachment point (7) upwards and secure it with the rod (6).
• Insert the rod (5).
• Install the sheave and the rod (4).
• Secure the rods.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 55

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.3 Description of the rigging work

Blank page

01.07.2017

8 - 56 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.4 Operation with the heavy load lattice extension

8.4 Operation with the heavy load lattice extension

The raising, lowering, slewing, derricking and telescoping movements of
the main boom are carried out in the same way as when operating with the
main boom. This section only contains information that you will need for a
rigged or folded heavy load lattice extension.

8.4.1 Setting the RCL

Input

• Enter the current rigging mode for operation with the heavy load lattice
extension. Either via the corresponding RCL code in accordance with the
lifting capacity table or via the individual components.
When you input the current rigging mode for the individual components
you must also input
– the length of the heavy load lattice extension and
– the angle of the heavy load lattice extension.

• Input the current reeving on the heavy load lattice extension for the hoist
whose hoist rope is reeved on the heavy load lattice extension into the
RCL.

H
The lifting capacity for the RCL code is enabled once the telescopic sections
are locked.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 57

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.4 Operation with the heavy load lattice extension

Shutdown Operation with the heavy load lattice extension is monitored by the RCL.
When operating with the heavy load lattice extension, RCL shutdowns may
occur for the same reasons as when operating with the main boom;
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

In certain rigging modes, the RCL shuts down when lifting loads that are
lighter than the maximum load bearing capacity specified in the lifting capac-
ity table.

– During operation with the heavy load lattice extension

If a hook block (3) is reeved at the main boom, then the displayed current
load (1) is influenced by
– The weight of the lifted load (2) and
– The weight of the hook block (3).

– During main boom operation

If a heavy load lattice extension (4) is installed, then the displayed current
load (1) is influenced by
– The weight of the lifted load (2) and
– The weight of the hook block (3) and
– The weight of the heavy load lattice extension (4).

H
The lifting capacity tables contain information for operations planning speci-
fying the values which must be subtracted from the specified maximum
load bearing capacities for certain rigging modes; à Remarks about working
with the heavy load lattice extension.

01.07.2017

8 - 58 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.4 Operation with the heavy load lattice extension

8.4.2 Derricking, telescoping the main boom

Slewing range
of 360°

G
Risk of accidents if the RCL is overridden!
Do not override the RCL when lowering the boom into horizontal position.
If the RCL is overridden, the crane operation will not be monitored and the
truck crane will overturn if it moves outside of the permissible working
range.

The requirements that must be satisfied before the raising, lowering and tel-
escoping of the main boom with rigged heavy load lattice extension are per-
mitted, for a slewing range of 360° are monitored by the RCL. Further infor-
mation on the permissible angle ranges and lifting capacities is provided in
à
the lifting capacity table; Rigging tables - lattice extension.

If the main boom is set to a steep angle and if the heavy load lattice exten-
sion is at 0°, the hook block may hit the main boom. When the minimum
permitted working radius has been reached, the RCL will prevent the boom
being raised further.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 59

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.4 Operation with the heavy load lattice extension

8.4.3 Procedure if permissible wind speeds are exceeded

G
Risk of accidents due to excessively high wind speeds!
If the current wind speed is higher than the maximum permissible wind
speed, cease crane operation immediately and set up the corresponding
rigging mode.
This will prevent the truck crane from overturning due to overload.

• Prior to and during crane operation, check whether the current wind
speed is lower than the maximum permissible wind speed.
• Make sure that you follow the instructions for checking the wind speed;
à Lifting capacity table and GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
If the maximum permitted wind speed is exceeded
An automatic shutdown does not occur if the maximum permissible wind
speed is exceeded.
• Immediately cease crane operation.
• Put the truck crane into the rigging mode specified for the current wind
speed in the lifting capacity table.

8.4.4 Instructions for turning loads over

à Turning loads over, p. 11 - 1.

01.07.2017

8 - 60 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.5 Maintenance

8.5 Maintenance

H
If the heavy load lattice extension has been in storage for an extended
period of time, perform maintenance work on it no later than when it is next
used.

8.5.1 Maintenance plan M 1 M1

Maintenance work on the HEAVY LOAD LATTICE EXTENSION:

Monthly/after approx. 100 operating hours
Heavy load lattice extension
– Lubricate the pins on section 5 à p. 8 - 62
– Lubricate the pins on section 6 à p. 8 - 63

8.5.2 Maintenance plan M 3 M3

Maintenance work on the HEAVY LOAD LATTICE EXTENSION:

every three months/after 250 oper. hrs.
Heavy load lattice extension
– Check the sheaves on section 5 à p. 8 - 62
– Check the sheaves on section 6 à p. 8 - 63

8.5.3 Maintenance plan M 12 M 12

Maintenance work on the HEAVY LOAD LATTICE EXTENSION:

every 12 months/after 1,000 operating hours
Heavy load lattice extension
– Lubricate the spring pins à p. 8 - 63
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 61

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.5 Maintenance

8.5.4 Description of maintenance work

Grease 1) Designation Specification GROVE part no.1)

according to classification
DIN 51502
Grease KP - L2K DIN 51825 00554201

1) à Maintenance manual

Prerequisites
– The truck crane must be secured to prevent unauthorised use;
à Maintenance manual.
or
– The heavy load lattice extension is removed; à p. 8 - 31.

Section 5
Lubricate the pins
• Grease the pins (1).

Check the sheaves

• Check the deflection sheave (2) for damage,
wear, mobility and heavy soiling.
• Have damaged, worn, stiff or extremely soiled
sheaves replaced by Manitowoc Crane Care or
an authorised GROVE dealer or your repair
crew.

01.07.2017

8 - 62 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.5 Maintenance

Section 6
Lubricate the spring pins
• Clean the grease nipple (1).
• Press grease into the grease nipple (1) until
new grease comes out at the lubricating
point.

Lubricate the pins

• Grease the pins (1).

Check the sheaves

• Check the deflection sheave (2) and head
sheaves (3) for damage, wear, mobility and
heavy soiling.
• Have damaged, worn, stiff or extremely soiled
sheaves replaced by Manitowoc Crane Care or
an authorised GROVE dealer or your repair
crew.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 8 - 63

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Heavy load lattice extension (SLS) 2.0 m/10.0 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)
8.5 Maintenance

Blank page

01.07.2017

8 - 64 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 9
9 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1
9.1 Operations planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1
9.1.1 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1
9.1.2 Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 2
9.1.3 Transport dimensions and weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 3
9.1.4 Transport condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 3
9.2 Description of the rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 5
9.2.1 Moving the auxiliary single-sheave boom top into the operating position. . . . 9 - 5
9.2.2 Moving the auxiliary single-sheave boom top into the transport position . . . . 9 - 7
9.2.3 Installing/removing a folded up auxiliary single-sheave boom top . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 9
9.2.4 Attaching/removing the hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 10
9.2.5 Installing / removing the lifting limit switch and anemometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 12
9.3 Operation with the auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 15
9.3.1 Setting the RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 15
9.3.2 Procedure if permissible wind speeds are exceeded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 16
9.3.3 Instructions for turning loads over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 16
9.4 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 17
9.4.3 Description of maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 18
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 01.07.2017

3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1
9.1 Operations planning

9 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1

9.1 Operations planning

9.1.1 Identification

G
Risk of accidents if auxiliary single-sheave boom tops are interchanged!
Install only a auxiliary single-sheave boom top that belongs to the truck
crane. No other auxiliary single-sheave boom tops may be installed.

The truck crane and the corresponding auxil-

iary single-sheave boom top must be labelled
with the same serial number (1).
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 9-1

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1
9.1 Operations planning

9.1.2 Slinging points

G
Risk of accidents if used improperly!
Only fit slings to the auxiliary single-sheave boom top at the slinging points
provided. Use only lifting gear and joining elements of sufficient load bear-
ing capacity.

The fixed slinging point (1) is marked with a

sticker (2).

The information on the weight and the neces-

sary lifting gear is provided on the sticker (3).

A guide rope (4) is fastened to the rope guide.

01.07.2017

9-2 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1
9.1 Operations planning

9.1.3 Transport dimensions and weights

Section Length x width x height in m (ft) Weight in kg (lbs)

Auxiliary sin-
0.65 x 0.43 x 1.50 85
gle-sheave
(2.1 x 1.4 x 4.9) (190)
boom top 1

9.1.4 Transport condition

S
Risk of damage to the auxiliary single-sheave boom top!
Always secure the auxiliary single-sheave boom top by tying it down with
suitable belts when it is being transported on a separate vehicle. This pre-
vents the auxiliary single-sheave boom top tipping over and becoming
damaged during transportation.

G
Risk of injury if the pins are not secured!
Before transport make sure that all pins are secured in the clamps with
retaining pins. Secure any pins that are not secure.
This way you prevent the pins from falling down while driving and injuring
or even killing other persons.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 9-3

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1
9.1 Operations planning

Blank page

01.07.2017

9-4 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1
9.2 Description of the rigging work

9.2 Description of the rigging work

9.2.1 Moving the auxiliary single-sheave boom top into the operating
position

G
Risk of accidents due to swinging parts!
Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before estab-
lishing or separating connections.
This prevents you from being crushed or caught by swinging sections.

After transport on a separate vehicle

• (A) – Attach the auxiliary single-sheave
boom top to an auxiliary crane; à p. 9 - 2.
• Align the connecting points (2).
• (B) – Take the pins (1) out of the clamp (3)
and insert them into the connecting
points (2).
• Secure the pins.
• Remove the lifting gear.

After transport on the main boom

• Fold the locking bar (1) upwards.
• Secure the locking bar.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 9-5

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1
9.2 Description of the rigging work

Securing the strut

• Take the strut (2) from the clamps (3).
• Insert the retaining pins into the clamps (3).
• Remove the pin (5).
• Insert the strut (2) with the peg (4) into the
connecting point (1).
• Secure the strut with the pin (5) and the
retaining pin.

Swinging the auxiliary single-sheave boom

top round and locking it
• Swing the auxiliary single-sheave boom top
so that the connecting point (3) is aligned
with the strut (2).
• Remove the pin (4) from the clamp (1) and
plug it into the connecting point (3).
• Secure the pin.

01.07.2017

9-6 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1
9.2 Description of the rigging work

9.2.2 Moving the auxiliary single-sheave boom top into the transport
position

G
Risk of accidents due to swinging parts!
Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before estab-
lishing or separating connections.
This prevents you from being crushed or caught by swinging sections.

Removing the strut

• Remove the pin (2) from the connecting
point (3) and plug it into the clamp (1).
• Secure the pin.
• Remove the strut (7) from the connecting
point (4).
• Secure the pin (5) to the strut (7).
• Plug the strut (7) onto the clamp (6).
• Secure the strut.

For transportation on a separate vehicle

• Sling the auxiliary single-sheave boom top
to an auxiliary crane; à p. 9 - 2.
• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting
points (2) and plug them into the clamps (3).
• Secure the pins.
• Lift the auxiliary single-sheave boom top
from the head of the main boom.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 9-7

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1
9.2 Description of the rigging work

For transport on the main boom

• Swing the auxiliary single-sheave boom top
on to the main boom.
• Fold the locking bar (1) down so that it
engages in the clamp (2).
• Secure the locking bar.

01.07.2017

9-8 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1
9.2 Description of the rigging work

9.2.3 Installing/removing a folded up auxiliary single-sheave

boom top

G
Risk of accidents due to swinging parts!
Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before estab-
lishing or separating connections.
This prevents you from being crushed or caught by swinging sections.

Installing
• Sling the auxiliary single-sheave boom top
to an auxiliary crane; à p. 9 - 2.
• Align the connecting points (2).
• Remove the pins (1) from the clamps (3) and
plug them into the connecting points (2).
• Secure the pins.
• Swing the auxiliary single-sheave boom top
on to the main boom.
• Fold the locking bar (4) down so that it
engages in the clamp (5).
• Secure the locking bar.
• Remove the lifting gear.

Removing
• Sling the auxiliary single-sheave boom top
to an auxiliary crane; à p. 9 - 2.
• Fold the locking bar (4) upwards.
• Secure the locking bar.
• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting
points (2) and plug them into the clamps (3).
• Secure the pins.
• Lift the auxiliary single-sheave boom top
from the main boom.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 9-9

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1
9.2 Description of the rigging work

9.2.4 Attaching/removing the hoist rope

G
Risk of accidents due to falling parts!
Always secure the sheaves and rods with retaining pins.
This prevents sections coming loose, falling out and causing injuries.

Fitting
• Remove the rods (3) and (5).
• Move the rod (4).
– Remove the retaining pins from the rod (4).
– Move the rod (4) in the direction of the
arrow so that it is not over the sheave (1).
– Secure the rod (4).
• Guide the hoist rope over the sheaves (1)
and (2).
• Insert the rods (3) and (5).
• Secure the rods.

Removing
• Remove the rods (3) and (5).
• Remove the hoist rope from the sheaves (1)
and (2).
• Insert the rods (3) and (5).
• Secure the rods.
• Move the rod (4).
– Remove the retaining pins from the rod (4).
– Move the rod (4) in the direction of the
arrow so that it is over the sheave (1).
– Secure the rod (4).
01.07.2017

9 - 10 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1
9.2 Description of the rigging work

Possible reeving methods

1 sheave hook block and hook tackle
Reeving
A 1x
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 9 - 11

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1
9.2 Description of the rigging work

9.2.5 Installing / removing the lifting limit switch and anemometer

Lifting limit switch If only a single lifting limit switch is available you must use the lifting limit
switch belonging to the main boom; à
GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating
Instructions.

If several lifting limit switches are available, all those lifting limit switches
on the main boom from which no lifting limit switch weight is suspended
must be bridged; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

Installation
– After separate transport
• Insert the lifting limit switch into the clamp
(5) and secure it.
• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).
– After transport on the auxiliary single-
sheave boom top
• Remove the plug (2) from the dummy
socket (3) and plug it into the socket (1).

• Lay the cable (4) so that it will not be dam-

aged during crane operation.
• Install the lifting limit switch weight and lay
it around the hoist rope; à
GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions

Removing
• Remove the lifting limit switch weight;
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instruc-
tions.
• Take the plug (2) out of the socket (1) and
close the socket with the cap.
– For separate transport
• Remove the lifting limit switch (5).

– For transport on the auxiliary single-sheave

boom top
• Insert the plug (2) into the dummy
01.07.2017

socket (3).
• Wind the cable (4) on to the clamps (6).

9 - 12 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1
9.2 Description of the rigging work

Anemometer Installing and removing

You must install the anemometer for operation with the auxiliary single-
sheave boom top.
For transportation you must take off the anemometer.
Installation and removal are performed in the same way as for operation
with the main boom; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

G
Risk of damage during transport!
Before transport, remove the anemometer.
This prevents the anemometer being damaged by sudden air currents.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 9 - 13

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1
9.2 Description of the rigging work

Blank page

01.07.2017

9 - 14 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1
9.3 Operation with the auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1

9.3 Operation with the auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1

The raising, lowering, slewing, derricking and telescoping movements of
the main boom are carried out in the same way as when operating with the
main boom. This section only contains information that you will need for a
rigged or folded up auxiliary single-sheave boom top.

9.3.1 Setting the RCL

Input

• Input the current rigging mode for operation with the main boom into
the RCL.

• Input the current reeving at the auxiliary single-sheave boom top into the
RCL for the hoist whose hoist rope is reeved to the auxiliary single-sheave
boom top.

Shutdown Operation with the auxiliary single-sheave boom top is monitored by the RCL.
When operating with the auxiliary single-sheave boom top, RCL shutdowns
may occur for the same reasons as when operating with the main boom;
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

In certain rigging modes, the RCL shuts down when lifting loads that are
lighter than the maximum load bearing capacity specified in the lifting capac-
ity table.

– During operation with the auxiliary single-sheave boom top

If a hook block (3) is reeved at the main boom, then the displayed current
load (1) is influenced by
– The weight of the lifted load (2) and
– The weight of the hook block (3) and
01.07.2017

– The weight of the auxiliary single-sheave boom top (4).

s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 9 - 15
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1
9.3 Operation with the auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1

– During main boom operation

If an auxiliary single-sheave boom top (4) is installed, then the displayed
current load (1) is influenced by
– The weight of the lifted load (2) and
– The weight of the hook block (3) and
– The weight of the auxiliary single-sheave boom top (4).

9.3.2 Procedure if permissible wind speeds are exceeded

G
Risk of accidents due to excessively high wind speeds!
If the current wind speed is higher than the maximum permissible wind
speed, cease crane operation immediately and set up the corresponding
rigging mode.
This will prevent the truck crane from overturning due to overload.

• Prior to and during crane operation, check whether the current wind
speed is lower than the maximum permissible wind speed.

• Make sure that you follow the instructions for checking the wind speed;
à Lifting capacity table and à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instruc-
tions.

If the maximum permitted wind speed is exceeded:

An automatic shutdown does not occur if the maximum permissible wind
speed is exceeded.
• Immediately cease crane operation.
• Put the truck crane into the rigging mode specified for the current wind
speed in the lifting capacity table.

9.3.3 Instructions for turning loads over

à Turning loads over, p. 11 - 1.

01.07.2017

9 - 16 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1
9.4 Maintenance

9.4 Maintenance

H
If the auxiliary single-sheave boom top has been in storage for an extended
period of time, perform maintenance work on it no later than when it is next
used.

9.4.1 Maintenance plan M 1 M1

Maintenance work on the AUXILIARY SINGLE-SHEAVE BOOM TOP:

Monthly/after approx. 100 operating hours
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top
– Lubricate the pins à p. 9 - 18

9.4.2 Maintenance plan M 3 M3

Maintenance work on the AUXILIARY SINGLE-SHEAVE BOOM TOP:

every three months/after 250 oper. hrs.
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top
– Check the sheaves à p. 9 - 18
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 9 - 17

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1
9.4 Maintenance

9.4.3 Description of maintenance work

Grease 1) Designation Specifications GROVE

to DIN 51502 Classification section no.1)
Grease KP - L2K DIN 51825 00554201

1) à Maintenance manual

Lubricate the pins

• Grease the pins (1) and the pegs (3).

Check the sheaves

• Check the sheaves (2) for damage, wear,
mobility and heavy soiling.
• Have damaged, worn, stiff or extremely
soiled sheaves replaced by Manitowoc Crane
Care or an authorised GROVE dealer or your
repair crew.

01.07.2017

9 - 18 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 10
10 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2
10.1 Operations planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1
10.1.1 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1
10.1.2 Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 2
10.1.3 Transport dimensions and weights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 3
10.1.4 Transport condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 3
10.2 Description of the rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 5
10.2.1 Moving the auxiliary single-sheave boom top into the operating position. . . 10 - 5
10.2.2 Moving the auxiliary single-sheave boom top into the transport position . . . 10 - 7
10.2.3 Installing/removing a folded up auxiliary single-sheave boom top . . . . . . . . . 10 - 9
10.2.4 Connect/disconnect electrical connection for the marker lights . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 11
10.2.5 Attaching/removing the hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 12
10.2.6 Installing / removing the lifting limit switch and anemometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 13
10.3 Operation with the auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 15
10.3.1 Setting the RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 15
10.3.2 Procedure if permissible wind speeds are exceeded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 16
10.3.3 Instructions for turning loads over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 16
10.4 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 17
10.4.3 Description of maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 18
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 01.07.2017

3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2
10.1 Operations planning

10 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2

10.1 Operations planning

10.1.1 Identification

G
Risk of accidents if auxiliary single-sheave boom tops are interchanged!
Install only a auxiliary single-sheave boom top that belongs to the truck
crane. No other auxiliary single-sheave boom tops may be installed.

The truck crane and the corresponding auxil-

iary single-sheave boom top must be labelled
with the same serial number (1).
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 10 - 1

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2
10.1 Operations planning

10.1.2 Slinging points

G
Risk of accidents if used improperly!
Only fit slings to the auxiliary single-sheave boom top at the slinging points
provided. Use only lifting gear and joining elements of sufficient load bear-
ing capacity.

The slinging points (1) are marked with stick-

ers (2).

The information on the weight and the neces-

sary lifting gear is provided on the sticker (3).

A guide rope (4) is fastened to the rope attach-

ment point.

01.07.2017

10 - 2 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2
10.1 Operations planning

10.1.3 Transport dimensions and weights

Section Length x width x height in m (ft) Weight in kg (lbs)

Auxiliary sin-
1.10 x 0.79 x 1.90 200
gle-sheave
(3.6 x 2.6 x 6.2) (445)
boom top 2

10.1.4 Transport condition

S
Risk of damage to the auxiliary single-sheave boom top!
Always secure the auxiliary single-sheave boom top by tying it down with
suitable belts when it is being transported on a separate vehicle. This pre-
vents the auxiliary single-sheave boom top tipping over and becoming
damaged during transportation.

G
Risk of injury if the pins are not secured!
Before transport make sure that all pins are secured in the clamps with
retaining pins. Secure any pins that are not secure.
This way you prevent the pins from falling down while driving and injuring
or even killing other persons.

H
The marker lights for the auxiliary single-sheave boom top must be installed
for driving to ensure the prescribed lighting configuration.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 10 - 3

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2
10.1 Operations planning

Blank page

01.07.2017

10 - 4 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2
10.2 Description of the rigging work

10.2 Description of the rigging work

10.2.1 Moving the auxiliary single-sheave boom top into the operating
position

G
Risk of accidents due to swinging parts!
Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before estab-
lishing or separating connections.
This prevents you from being crushed or caught by swinging sections.

After transport on a separate vehicle

• (A) – Attach the auxiliary single-sheave
boom top to an auxiliary crane; à p. 10 - 2.
• Align the connecting points (2).
• (B) – Take the pins (1) out of the clamp (3)
and insert them into the connecting
points (2).
• Secure the pins.
• Remove the lifting gear.

After transport on the main boom

• Disconnect the electrical connection for the
marker lights; à p. 10 - 11.
• Fold the locking bar (1) upwards.
• Secure the locking bar.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 10 - 5

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2
10.2 Description of the rigging work

Swinging the auxiliary single-sheave boom

top round and locking it
• Swing the auxiliary single-sheave boom top
in front of the main boom.
• Remove the pin (1) (thick) from the clamp (3)
and insert it into the connecting point (2).
• Secure the pin.
• Remove the pin (4) (thin) from the clamp (3)
and insert it into the connecting point (5).
• Secure the pin.

Folding out the head sheave

The head sheave (4) has weight of approx.
55 kg (122 lbs).
• (A) – Take the retaining pin out of the con-
necting point (1) and insert it into the bore (2).
• Push the head sheave (4) against the auxil-
iary single-sheave boom top and open the
locking bar (3).
• (B) – Fully fold down the head sheave (4) as
far as the stop.
• Remove the pin (5) from the clamp (7) and
plug it into the connecting point (6).
• Secure the pin.
01.07.2017

10 - 6 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2
10.2 Description of the rigging work

10.2.2 Moving the auxiliary single-sheave boom top into the transport
position

G
Risk of accidents due to swinging parts!
Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before estab-
lishing or separating connections.
This prevents you from being crushed or caught by swinging sections.

G
Risk of crushing due to the head sheave folding back!
The lower part of the head sheave folds against the frame of the auxiliary
single-sheave boom top and can trap and crush your hands.
Therefore always grasp the head sheave by its upper area.
By this means you avoid your hands being crushed between the frame and
the head sheave.

Folding the head sheave in

• Remove the pin (6) from the connecting
7 point (5) and plug it into the clamp (7).
• Fold the head sheave (4) upwards so that the
locking bar (3) engages.
• Take the retaining pin from the hole (2) and
insert it into the connecting point (1).

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 10 - 7

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2
10.2 Description of the rigging work

For transportation on a separate vehicle

• Sling the auxiliary single-sheave boom top
to an auxiliary crane; à p. 10 - 2.
• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting
points (2) and plug them into the clamps (3).
• Secure the pins.
• Remove the pins (5) from the connecting
points (4) and plug them into the clamps (6).
• Secure the pins.
• Lift the auxiliary single-sheave boom top
from the head of the main boom.

For transport on the main boom

• Remove the pins (5) from the connecting
points (4) and plug them into the clamps (6).
• Secure the pins.
• Swing the auxiliary single-sheave boom top
on to the main boom.
• Remove the locking bar (2) from the
clamp (3).
• Fold the locking bar (2) down so that it
engages in the clamp (1).
• Secure the locking bar.
• Connect the electrical connection for the
marker lights; à p. 10 - 11.
01.07.2017

10 - 8 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2
10.2 Description of the rigging work

10.2.3 Installing/removing a folded up auxiliary single-sheave boom

top

G
Risk of accidents due to swinging parts!
Always secure the sections with a guide rope from the ground before estab-
lishing or separating connections.
This prevents you from being crushed or caught by swinging sections.

Installing
• Sling the auxiliary single-sheave boom top
to an auxiliary crane; à p. 10 - 2.
• Align the connecting points (2).
• Remove the pins (1) from the clamps (3) and
plug them into the connecting points (2).
• Secure the pins.
• Swing the auxiliary single-sheave boom top
on to the main boom.
• Remove the locking bar (5) from the
clamp (4).
• Fold the locking bar (5) down so that it
engages in the clamp (6).
• Secure the locking bar.
• Remove the lifting gear.
• Connect the electrical connection for the
marker lights; à p. 10 - 11.

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 10 - 9

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2
10.2 Description of the rigging work

Removing
• Disconnect the electrical connection for the
marker lights; à p. 10 - 11.
• Sling the auxiliary single-sheave boom top
to an auxiliary crane; à p. 10 - 2.
• Fold the locking bar (4) upwards.
• Secure the locking bar.
• Remove the pins (1) from the connecting
points (2) and plug them into the clamps (3).
• Secure the pins.
• Lift the auxiliary single-sheave boom top
from the main boom.

01.07.2017

10 - 10 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2
10.2 Description of the rigging work

10.2.4 Connect/disconnect electrical connection for the marker lights

Connecting
• Remove the plug (2) from the dummy
socket (1) and plug it into the socket (4).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be dam-
aged.

Disconnecting
• Remove the plug (2) from the socket (4) and
plug it into the dummy socket (1).
• Lay the cable (3) so that it will not be dam-
aged.
• Cover the socket (4) with the cap.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 10 - 11

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2
10.2 Description of the rigging work

10.2.5 Attaching/removing the hoist rope

G
Risk of accidents due to falling parts!
Always secure the sheaves and rods with retaining pins.
This prevents sections coming loose, falling out and causing injuries.

Positioning
• Remove the rods (3).
• Guide the hoist rope over the sheaves (1)
and (2).
• Insert the rods (3).
• Secure the rods.

Removing
• Remove the rods (3).
• Remove the hoist rope from the sheaves (2)
and (1).
• Insert the rods (3).
• Secure the rods.

Possible reeving methods

1 sheave hook block and hook tackle
Reeving
A 2x
B 1x

Reeving the hoist rope

• Attach the hook tackle or reeve the hook block.
01.07.2017

• With 2-fall reeving, fasten the rope end fitting to the fixed point (1).

10 - 12 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2
10.2 Description of the rigging work

10.2.6 Installing / removing the lifting limit switch and anemometer

Lifting limit switch If several lifting limit switches are available, all those lifting limit switches
on the main boom from which no lifting limit switch weight is suspended
must be bridged; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

Installation
– After separate transport
• Insert the lifting limit switch into the
clamp (5) and secure it.
• Insert the plug (2) into the socket (1).
– After transport on the auxiliary single-
sheave boom top
• Remove the plug (2) from the dummy
socket (3) and plug it into the socket (1).

• Lay the cable (4) so that it will not be dam-

aged during crane operation.
• Install the lifting limit switch weight and lay
it around the hoist rope; à
GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

Removing
• Remove the lifting limit switch weight;
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instruc-
tions.
• Take the plug (2) out of the socket (1) and
close the socket with the cap.
– For separate transport
• Remove the lifting limit switch (5).

– For transport on the auxiliary single-sheave

boom top
• Insert the plug (2) into the dummy socket (3).
• Wind the cable (4) on to the clamps (6).

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 10 - 13

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2
10.2 Description of the rigging work

Installing and removing

Anemometer
You must install the anemometer for operation with the auxiliary single-
sheave boom top.
For transportation you must take off the anemometer.
Installation and removal are performed in the same way as for operation
with the main boom; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

G
Risk of damage during transport!
Before transport, remove the anemometer.
This prevents the anemometer being damaged by sudden air currents.

01.07.2017

10 - 14 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2
10.3 Operation with the auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2

10.3 Operation with the auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2

The raising, lowering, slewing, derricking and telescoping movements of
the main boom are carried out in the same way as when operating with the
main boom. This section only contains information that you will need for a
rigged or folded up auxiliary single-sheave boom top.

10.3.1 Setting the RCL

Input

• Input the current rigging mode for operation with the main boom into the
RCL.

• Input the current reeving at the auxiliary single-sheave boom top into the
RCL for the hoist whose hoist rope is reeved to the auxiliary single-sheave
boom top.

Shutdown Operation with the auxiliary single-sheave boom top is monitored by the
RCL.
When operating with the auxiliary single-sheave boom top, RCL shutdowns
may occur for the same reasons as when operating with the main boom;
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

In certain rigging modes, the RCL shuts down when lifting loads that are
lighter than the maximum load bearing capacity specified in the lifting capac-
ity table.

– During operation with the auxiliary single-sheave boom top

If a hook block (3) is reeved at the main boom, then the displayed current
load (1) is influenced by
– The weight of the lifted load (2) and
– The weight of the hook block (3) and
01.07.2017

– The weight of the auxiliary single-sheave boom top (4).

s
Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 10 - 15
GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2
10.3 Operation with the auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2

– During main boom operation

If an auxiliary single-sheave boom top (4) is installed, then the displayed
current load (1) is influenced by
– The weight of the lifted load (2) and
– The weight of the hook block (3) and
– The weight of the auxiliary single-sheave boom top (4).

10.3.2 Procedure if permissible wind speeds are exceeded

G
Risk of accidents due to excessively high wind speeds!
If the current wind speed is higher than the maximum permissible wind
speed, cease crane operation immediately and set up the corresponding
rigging mode.
This will prevent the truck crane from overturning due to overload.

• Prior to and during crane operation, check whether the current wind
speed is lower than the maximum permissible wind speed.

• Make sure that you follow the instructions for checking the wind speed;
à Lifting capacity table and anleitung.
If the maximum permitted wind speed is exceeded:
An automatic shutdown does not occur if the maximum permissible wind
speed is exceeded.
• Immediately cease crane operation.
• Put the truck crane into the rigging mode specified for the current wind
speed in the lifting capacity table.

10.3.3 Instructions for turning loads over

à Turning loads over, p. 11 - 1.

01.07.2017

10 - 16 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2
10.4 Maintenance

10.4 Maintenance

H
If the auxiliary single-sheave boom top has been in storage for an extended
period of time, perform maintenance work on it no later than when it is next
used.

10.4.1 Maintenance plan M 1 M1

Maintenance work on the AUXILIARY SINGLE-SHEAVE BOOM TOP:

Monthly/after approx. 100 operating hours
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top
– Lubricate the pins à p. 10 - 18

10.4.2 Maintenance plan M 3 M3

Maintenance work on the AUXILIARY SINGLE-SHEAVE BOOM TOP:

every three months/after 250 oper. hrs.
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top
– Check the sheaves à p. 10 - 18
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 10 - 17

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2
10.4 Maintenance

10.4.3 Description of maintenance work

Grease 1) Designation Specifications GROVE

to DIN 51502 Classification section no.1)
Grease KP - L2K DIN 51825 00554201

1) à Maintenance manual

Lubricate the pins

• Grease the pins (1) and (3).

Check the sheaves

• Check the sheaves (2) for damage, wear,
mobility and heavy soiling.
• Have damaged, worn, stiff or extremely
soiled sheaves replaced by Manitowoc Crane
Care or an authorised GROVE dealer or your
repair crew.

01.07.2017

10 - 18 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 11
11 Turning loads over
11.1 Setting the RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 2

11.2 Turning a load over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 3

01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 01.07.2017

3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Turning loads over

11 Turning loads over

Turning loads over is permitted only using
– Auxiliary single-sheave boom top,
– Heavy load lattice extension (SLS, ISS),
– Swing-away lattice/boom extension up to a maximum length of 19.2 m
(63.0 ft).

G
Risk of accidents due to incorrect procedure!
Before turning loads, observe all the prerequisites specified in this section
and proceed exactly as described. This way, you avoid accidents due to
overload.

Prerequisites – The main hoist rope must be reeved on the main boom.
– The auxiliary hoist rope must be reeved on the lattice extension.
– The main hoist rope must be reeved with at least the same number of falls
as the auxiliary hoist rope.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 11 - 1

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Turning loads over
11.1 Setting the RCL

11.1 Setting the RCL

Entering the Before lifting the load, you must enter into the RCL the number of currently
reeving reeved falls for both hoists, so that the data are immediately available
should you subsequently wish to switch to the main hoist after turning the
load over.

Main hoist
• Select the symbol (1) and confirm your
selection.
• Use the buttons (3) or (4) to select the cur-
rently reeved number of falls.
• Confirm the selection.

Auxiliary hoist
• Select the symbol (2) and confirm your
selection.
• Use the buttons (3) or (4) to select the cur-
rently reeved number of falls.
• Confirm the selection.

Switching over to The load must first be lifted using the auxiliary hoist.
the auxiliary hoist Turning a load over requires use of both hoists simultaneously. The RCL
always uses the reeving data for the first hoist to be switched on.

• Switch off both hoists – symbols (1) and (2) display red.
• Switch on the auxiliary hoist – symbol (2) displays green.
• Switch on the main hoist – symbol (1) displays green.

• Enter the RCL code that corresponds to the rigging mode according to the
lifting capacity table for the rigged lattice extension.
The RCL now takes into account:
– The reeving for the auxiliary hoist and
– The lifting capacity tables for the lattice extension.
01.07.2017

11 - 2 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Turning loads over
11.2 Turning a load over

11.2 Turning a load over

H
Before turning a load over, check that these procedures are in accordance
with the regulations in the country in which you are working.

• Check that all the prerequisites have been met;

à Prerequisites, p. 11 - 1.
• Check that the RCL is correctly set;
à Prerequisites, p. 11 - 1.

G
Risk of accidents due to overloading!
Ensure that the RCL is set for operation with the lattice extension during the
entire procedure and move the load only at minimum speed.
In this way you prevent the crane becoming overloaded.

H
Once as the load is suspended on two hooks, there will be slight differences
in the Current load display. However, these deviations are on the safe side
with regard to RCL shutdown.

Turning a load over is performed the same way, irrespective of which of the
permitted lattice extensions is used. In this section the illustration shows a
lattice extension, which is used to symbolically represent all the other
options.

• (A) – Lift the load completely with the lattice

extension.
• (B) – Sling the load additionally at the main
boom.
• (C) – Lift the load with the main hoist till both
the slinging points are at the same height.
• (D) – Lower the load with the auxiliary hoist
until the load is completely suspended from
the main hoist rope.

• Detach the auxiliary hoist rope from the load.

Switching over to the main hoist
01.07.2017

• Switch the auxiliary hoist off – the RCL will now use the reeving data for
the main hoist.
• After the load has been set down, enter the RCL code appropriate to the
boom system that will be used for the next lift.

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 11 - 3

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Turning loads over
11.2 Turning a load over

Blank page

01.07.2017

11 - 4 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 12
12 Driving with a rigged crane
12.1 Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 1

12.2 Driving path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 2

12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 3

12.3.1 Swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 4
12.3.2 Boom extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 10
12.3.3 Integral heavy load lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 20
12.3.4 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m/10 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 24
12.3.5 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1 and auxiliary single-sheave boom
top 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 28
12.4 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 29
12.4.1 Swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 30
12.4.2 Boom extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 36
12.4.3 Integral heavy load lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 42
12.4.4 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m/10 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 46
12.4.5 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1 and auxiliary single-sheave boom
top 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 50
12.5 Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 51

12.6 While driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 51

12.7 After driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 51

01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 01.07.2017

3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.1 Safety instructions

12 Driving with a rigged crane

12.1 Safety instructions

G
Risk of accidents due to partially obstructed view of the truck crane!
When driving the truck crane, always stay in visual or radio contact with a
banksman who can observe the parts you are unable to see, e.g. the raised
main boom in 0° to the rear position.

G
Risk of overturning by slewing the superstructure!
When driving the rigged truck crane, the slewing gear must be switched
off – slewing gear brake engaged.

G
Risk of accidents when driving with a lifted load!
Driving the truck crane with a load lifted is prohibited. Always set down the
load prior to driving the truck crane and secure the hook block so it cannot
swing.

G
Risk of tipping over when driving the rigged truck crane
Driving with a rigged truck crane is an operating mode which must be car-
ried out with the utmost care. Be sure to always observe all specifications
and safety instructions in the GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 1

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.2 Driving path

12.2 Driving path

The path to be driven must be level. Uneven surfaces cannot be compen-
sated with the level adjustment system.
The entire driving distance must be level. The rigging modes and axle loads
specified in this chapter only for driving distances which are free of inclines
in longitudinal and lateral direction.

The ground must be stable enough to bear the axle loads.

If the surface pressure of the tyres exceeds the permissible load on the
ground, the surface area of the tyres must be increased by packing stable
material (e.g. wooden planks).

01.07.2017

12 - 2 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

Depending on the rigged counterweight and lattice extension, you must
bring the superstructure, the main boom and rigged into certain positions
so that the permissible axle loads are not exceeded.

S
Risk of damage to the axle lines!
Move the superstructure, the main boom and the lattice extension into the
specified positions only. This prevents excessive strain on the axle lines.

• Enter the RCL code for the actual rigging mode and actual outrigger span
of the truck crane in accordance with the Lifting capacity table.

G
Risk of accidents if the RCL is overridden!
Always enter the RCL code for the current rigging mode. The specified posi-
tions are within the monitored working ranges.
If the RCL is overridden, the truck crane may overturn even if you move it
into the positions specified.

• Bring the superstructure, the main boom and the lattice extension into the
position specified for the rigged counterweight in the following table.
• Tie down the hook block so that it cannot swing around.

Information about All axle loads specified apply to 445/95 R 25 (16.00 R25) tyres on steel rims.
the tables In the case of different tyres, the axle load changes by double the weight dif-
ference of a wheel; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions, section
Technical data, spare wheel.

H
Note on the specified angle ranges
The specified maximum axle load is only reached at the limits of the listed
angle range for the main boom, e.g. at 20° or 70°. If the maximum axle load
is reached at the front, it will be below the maximum value at the rear and
vice versa.
The axle loads are below the specified maximum axle loads within the listed
angle range.

The following applies to the footnotes in the table:

1)
Rear: Slewing angle display 0°
Front: Slewing angle display 180°
2)
Front: respectively on the 1st and 2nd axle line
Rear respectively on the 3rd, 4th and 5th axle line
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 3

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

12.3.1 Swing-away lattice

Swing-away lat- All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 3-sheave hook block, weight
tice 1,8 + 9,4 m 950 kg (2 094 lbs).
(5,9 + 30,8 ft)

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight in t Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
(lbs) I-II-III-IV in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
in % in °
front rear
11,5 12,0
0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 front
1,0 t (25,4) (26,5)
(2 205 lbs)
9,0 12,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(19,8) (27,6)
10,5 11,5
0-0-0-0 50 0 front
3,3 t (23,1) (25,4)
(7 275 lbs)
9,5 13,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(20,9) (28,7)
11,5 12,0
0-0-0-0 40 0 front
5,6 t (25,4) (26,5)
(12 346 lbs)
10,5 13,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(23,1) (28,7)
12,0 12,0
0-0-0-0 30 0 front
7,9 t (26,5) (26,5)
(17 417 lbs)
11,5 13,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(25,4) (28,7)
11,5 15,5
0-0-0-0 30 - 50 0 front
(25,4) (34,2)
10,2 t
(22 487 lbs)
12,0 13,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(26,5) (29,8)
11,5 14,0
0-0-0-0 20 0 front
(25,4) (30,9)
12,5 t
(27 558 lbs)
13,0 13,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(28,7) (29,8)
10,5 17,0
0-0-0-0 20 - 40 0 front
(23,1) (37,5)
14,8 t
01.07.2017

(32 628 lbs)

14,0 14,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(30,9) (30,9)

12 - 4 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight in t Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
(lbs) I-II-III-IV in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
in % in °
front rear
10,0 16,5
0-0-0-0 20 0 front
17,1 t (22,0) (36,4)
(37 699 lbs)
15,0 17,0
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(33,1) (37,5)
15,0 14,0
50-0-0-0 20 0 front
(33,1) (30,9)
19,4 t
(42 770 lbs)
15,5 17,0
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(34,2) (37,5)
14,5 15,0
50-0-0-0 20 0 front
(32,0) (33,1)
21,7 t
(47 840 lbs)
16,5 17,5
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(36,4) (38,6)
14,0 16,5
50-0-0-0 15 - 20 0 front
(30,9) (36,4)
24,0 t
(52 911 lbs)
12,5 17,5
0-0-0-0 60 0 - 50 rear
(27,6) (38,6)
13,0 18,5
50-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(28,7) (40,8)
26,3 t
(57 982 lbs)
13,5 19,0
0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 50 rear
(29,8) (41,9)
15,5 17,5
50-50-0-0 20 0 front
(34,2) (38,6)
30,9 t
(68 123 lbs)
20,0 18,0
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(44,1) (39,7)
19,5 19,0
90-50-50-50 20 0 front
(43,0) (41,9)
44,5 t
(98 106 lbs)
20,5 20,5
0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 50 rear
(45,2) (45,2)

1), 2) à Information about the tables, p. 12 - 3

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 5

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

Swing-away lat- All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 3-sheave hook block, weight
tice 1,8 + 16,0 m 950 kg (2 094 lbs).
(5,9 + 52,5 ft)

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight in t Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
(lbs) I-II-III-IV in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
in % in °
front rear
13,0 11,5
0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 50 front
1,0 t (28,7) (25,4)
(2 205 lbs)
8,5 13,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(18,7) (29,8)
14,0 10,0
0-0-0-0 40 0 - 30 front
3,3 t (30,9) (22,0)
(7 275 lbs)
9,5 13,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(20,9) (29,8)
15,5 11,0
0-0-0-0 20 - 40 0 front
5,6 t (34,2) (24,3)
(12 346 lbs)
10,5 14,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(23,1) (30,9)
14,5 11,5
0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
7,9 t (32,0) (25,4)
(17 417 lbs)
11,0 14,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(24,3) (30,9)
12,5 15,0
0-0-0-0 30 - 50 0 front
10,2 t (27,6) (33,1)
(22 487 lbs)
12,0 14,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(26,5) (30,9)
13,0 13,0
0-0-0-0 20 0 front
12,5 t (28,7) (28,7)
(27 558 lbs)
13,0 14,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(28,7) (32,0)
12,5 16,5
0-0-0-0 20 - 40 0 front
14,8 t (27,6) (36,4)
(32 628 lbs)
13,5 16,0
0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(29,8) (35,3)
11,5 15,5
01.07.2017

0-0-0-0 20 0 front
(25,4) (34,2)
17,1 t
(37 699 lbs)
14,5 16,5
0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(32,0) (36,4)

12 - 6 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight in t Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
(lbs) I-II-III-IV in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
in % in °
front rear
17,0 13,0
50-0-0-0 20 0 front
19,4 t (37,5) (28,7)
(42 770 lbs)
15,5 18,0
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(34,2) (39,7)
16,0 14,0
50-0-0-0 20 0 front
(35,3) (30,9)
21,7 t
(47 840 lbs)
16,5 18,5
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(36,4) (40,8)
16,0 15,5
50-0-0-0 15 - 20 0 front
(35,3) (34,2)
24,0 t
(52 911 lbs)
17,0 18,5
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(37,5) (40,8)
14,5 18,0
50-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(32,0) (39,7)
26,3 t
(57 982 lbs)
18,0 18,5
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(39,7) (40,8)
17,5 16,5
50-50-0-0 20 0 front
(38,6) (36,4)
30,9 t
(68 123 lbs)
20,0 19,0
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(44,1) (41,9)
18,0 20,5
50-50-50-50 20 0 front
(39,7) (45,2)
44,5 t
(98 106 lbs)
19,5 21,5
0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 50 rear
(43,0) (47,4)

1) 2)
, à Information about the tables, p. 12 - 3

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 7

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

Swing-away lat- All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 3-sheave hook block, weight
tice 1,8 + 24,0 m 950 kg (2 094 lbs).
(5,9 + 78,7 ft)

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
14,0 11,0
0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 front
1,0 t (30,9) (24,3)
(2 205 lbs)
8,0 13,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 rear
(17,6) (28,7)
15,5 8,5
0-0-0-0 40 0 front
3,3 t (34,2) (18,7)
(7 275 lbs)
9,0 13,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 rear
(19,8) (28,7)
14,5 10,0
0-0-0-0 40 0 front
5,6 t (32,0) (22,0)
(12 346 lbs)
10,0 13,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 rear
(22,0) (28,7)
17,0 10,0
0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
7,9 t (37,5) (22,0)
(17 417 lbs)
11,0 15,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(24,3) (34,2)
15,0 14,0
0-0-0-0 30 - 50 0 front
10,2 t (33,1) (30,9)
(22 487 lbs)
11,5 15,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(25,4) (34,2)
15,5 11,5
0-0-0-0 20 0 front
12,5 t (34,2) (25,4)
(27 558 lbs)
12,5 15,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(27,6) (34,2)
14,5 15,0
0-0-0-0 20 - 40 0 front
14,8 t (32,0) (33,1)
(32 628 lbs)
13,5 17,0
0-0-0-0 75 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(29,8) (37,5)
14,0 14,5
01.07.2017

0-0-0-0 20 0 front
(30,9) (32,0)
17,1 t
(37 699 lbs)
14,5 16,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(32,0) (35,3)

12 - 8 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
13,0 15,5
0-0-0-0 20 0 front
19,4 t (28,7) (34,2)
(42 770 lbs)
15,0 18,0
0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(33,1) (39,7)
12,5 17,0
0-0-0-0 20 0 front
(27,6) (37,5)
21,7 t
(47 840 lbs)
16,0 18,0
0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(35,3) (39,7)
15,0 16,0
0-0-0-50 15 - 20 0 front
(33,1) (35,3)
24,0 t
(52 911 lbs)
17,0 18,5
0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(37,5) (40,8)
17,0 16,5
50-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(37,5) (36,4)
26,3 t
(57 982 lbs)
17,5 18,5
0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(38,6) (40,8)
15,5 17,5
50-0-0-0 20 0 front
(34,2) (38,6)
30,9 t
(68 123 lbs)
19,5 19,0
0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(43,0) (41,9)
19,0 20,0
50-50-50-0 20 0 front
(41,9) (44,1)
44,5 t
(98 106 lbs)
24,5 20,0
0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(54,0) (44,1)

1) 2)
, à Information about the tables, p. 12 - 3
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 9

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

12.3.2 Boom extension

Boom extension All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 3-sheave hook block, weight
9,8 + 9,4 m 950 kg (2 094 lbs).
(32,2 + 30,8 ft)

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
13,0 11,0
0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 front
1,0 t (28,7) (24,3)
(2 205 lbs)
8,5 13,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(18,7) (28,7)
14,5 9,0
0-0-0-0 40 0 front
3,3 t (32,0) (19,8)
(7 275 lbs)
9,0 13,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(19,8) (29,8)
16,5 10,5
0-0-0-0 20 - 40 0 front
5,6 t (36,4) (23,1)
(12 346 lbs)
10,0 13,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(22,0) (29,8)
16,0 10,5
0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
7,9 t (35,3) (23,1)
(17 417 lbs)
11,0 13,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(24,3) (29,8)
14,0 14,5
0-0-0-0 30 - 50 0 front
(30,9) (32,0)
10,2 t
(22 487 lbs)
12,0 14,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(26,5) (30,9)
14,5 12,5
0-0-0-0 20 0 front
(32,0) (27,6)
12,5 t
(27 558 lbs)
12,5 14,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(27,6) (30,9)
13,5 15,5
0-0-0-0 20 - 40 0 front
(29,8) (34,2)
14,8 t
01.07.2017

(32 628 lbs)

13,5 15,0
0-0-0-0 75 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(29,8) (33,1)

12 - 10 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
12,5 15,0
0-0-0-0 20 0 front
17,1 t (27,6) (33,1)
(37 699 lbs)
14,5 14,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(32,0) (32,0)
18,5 12,0
50-0-0-0 20 0 front
(40,8) (26,5)
19,4 t
(42 770 lbs)
15,0 16,5
0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(33,1) (36,4)
17,5 13,5
50-0-0-0 20 0 front
(38,6) (29,8)
21,7 t
(47 840 lbs)
16,0 16,5
0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(35,3) (36,4)
17,5 14,5
50-0-0-0 15 - 20 0 front
(38,6) (32,0)
24,0 t
(52 911 lbs)
17,0 17,0
0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(37,5) (37,5)
16,0 17,0
50-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(35,3) (37,5)
26,3 t
(57 982 lbs)
18,0 17,0
0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(39,7) (37,5)
19,0 15,5
50-50-0-0 20 0 front
(41,9) (34,2)
30,9 t
(68 123 lbs)
19,5 17,5
0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(43,0) (38,6)
20,0 19,5
50-50-50-50 20 0 front
(44,1) (43,0)
44,5 t
(98 106 lbs)
24,5 18,5
0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(54,0) (40,8)

1) , 2) à Information about the tables, p. 12 - 3

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 11

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

Boom extension All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 3-sheave hook block, weight
9,8 + 16,0 m 950 kg (2 094 lbs).
(32,2 + 52,5 ft)

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
14,5 10,5
0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 front
1,0 t (32,0) (23,1)
(2 205 lbs)
8,0 14,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(17,6) (30,9)
16,0 8,5
0-0-0-0 40 0 front
3,3 t (35,3) (18,7)
(7 275 lbs)
9,0 14,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(19,8) (30,9)
13,0 11,5
0-0-0-0 50 0 front
5,6 t (28,7) (25,4)
(12 346 lbs)
10,0 14,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(22,0) (32,0)
14,5 11,0
0-0-0-0 40 0 front
7,9 t (32,0) (24,3)
(17 417 lbs)
10,5 14,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(23,1) (32,0)
15,5 14,0
0-0-0-0 30 - 50 0 front
10,2 t (34,2) (30,9)
(22 487 lbs)
11,5 14,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(25,4) (32,0)
16,0 11,5
0-0-0-0 20 0 front
12,5 t (35,3) (25,4)
(27 558 lbs)
12,5 15,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(27,6) (33,1)
15,5 15,0
0-0-0-0 20 - 40 0 front
14,8 t (34,2) (33,1)
(32 628 lbs)
13,5 16,0
0-0-0-0 75 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(29,8) (35,3)
14,5 14,0
01.07.2017

0-0-0-0 20 0 front
(32,0) (30,9)
17,1 t
(37 699 lbs)
14,0 15,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(30,9) (34,2)

12 - 12 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
15,5 14,0
50-0-0-0 40 0 front
19,4 t (34,2) (30,9)
(42 770 lbs)
15,0 17,5
0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(33,1) (38,6)
15,0 15,0
50-0-0-0 40 0 front
(33,1) (33,1)
21,7 t
(47 840 lbs)
16,0 17,5
0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(35,3) (38,6)
17,0 16,5
50-0-0-0 30 - 40 0 front
(37,5) (36,4)
24,0 t
(52 911 lbs)
16,5 18,0
0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(36,4) (39,7)
16,0 17,5
50-0-0-0 30 - 40 0 front
(35,3) (38,6)
26,3 t
(57 982 lbs)
17,5 18,0
0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(38,6) (39,7)
16,5 18,5
50-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(36,4) (40,8)
30,9 t
(68 123 lbs)
19,5 18,5
0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(43,0) (40,8)
20,0 21,0
50-50-50-0 20 - 30 0 front
(44,1) (46,3)
44,5 t
(98 106 lbs)
24,5 19,5
0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(54,0) (43,0)

1) 2)
, à Information about the tables, p. 12 - 3
s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 13

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

Boom extension All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 3-sheave hook block, weight
9,8 + 24,0 m 950 kg (2 094 lbs).
(32,2 + 78,7 ft)

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
13,0 10,0
0-0-0-0 60 0 front
1,0 t (28,7) (22,0)
(2 205 lbs)
7,5 13,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 rear
(16,5) (29,8)
12,0 13,5
0-0-0-0 60 - 70 0 front
3,3 t (26,5) (29,8)
(7 275 lbs)
8,5 13,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 rear
(18,7) (29,8)
14,5 10,0
0-0-0-0 50 0 front
5,6 t (32,0) (22,0)
(12 346 lbs)
9,5 13,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 rear
(20,9) (29,8)
14,0 11,5
0-0-0-0 50 0 front
7,9 t (30,9) (25,4)
(17 417 lbs)
10,5 14,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 rear
(23,1) (30,9)
13,0 13,0
0-0-0-0 50 0 front
10,2 t (28,7) (28,7)
(22 487 lbs)
11,0 16,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(24,3) (35,3)
12,5 14,0
0-0-0-0 50 0 front
12,5 t (27,6) (30,9)
(27 558 lbs)
12,0 16,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(26,5) (35,3)
18,0 13,5
0-0-0-0 20 - 40 0 front
14,8 t (39,7) (29,8)
(32 628 lbs)
13,0 16,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(28,7) (36,4)
17,5 12,0
01.07.2017

0-0-0-0 20 0 front
(38,6) (26,5)
17,1 t
(37 699 lbs)
13,5 16,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(29,8) (36,4)

12 - 14 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
15,0 16,0
0-0-0-0 30 - 40 0 front
19,4 t (33,1) (35,3)
(42 770 lbs)
14,5 17,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(32,0) (37,5)
16,0 14,5
0-0-0-0 20 0 front
(35,3) (32,0)
21,7 t
(47 840 lbs)
15,5 17,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(34,2) (37,5)
15,0 17,0
0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(33,1) (37,5)
24,0 t
(52 911 lbs)
16,5 17,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(36,4) (37,5)
19,0 16,0
50-0-0-0 30 - 40 0 front
(41,9) (35,3)
26,3 t
(57 982 lbs)
17,0 17,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(37,5) (38,6)
17,5 19,0
50-0-0-0 30 - 40 0 front
(38,6) (41,9)
30,9 t
(68 123 lbs)
19,0 17,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(41,9) (38,6)
20,5 19,0
50-50-50-0 30 0 front
(45,2) (41,9)
44,5 t
(98 106 lbs)
24,0 18,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(52,9) (40,8)

1) 2)
, à Information about the tables, p. 12 - 3
s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 15

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

Boom extension All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 3-sheave hook block, weight
17,8 + 16,0 m 950 kg (2 094 lbs).
(58,4 + 52,5 ft)

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
13,0 9,5
0-0-0-0 60 0 front
1,0 t (28,7) (20,9)
(2 205 lbs)
7,5 13,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 rear
(16,5) (29,8)
12,5 13,5
0-0-0-0 60 - 70 0 front
3,3 t (27,6) (29,8)
(7 275 lbs)
8,5 13,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 rear
(18,7) (29,8)
15,0 10,0
0-0-0-0 50 0 front
5,6 t (33,1) (22,0)
(12 346 lbs)
9,5 13,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 rear
(20,9) (29,8)
14,0 11,5
0-0-0-0 50 0 front
7,9 t (30,9) (25,4)
(17 417 lbs)
10,0 15,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(22,0) (33,1)
13,5 12,5
0-0-0-0 50 0 front
10,2 t (29,8) (27,6)
(22 487 lbs)
11,0 15,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(24,3) (34,2)
12,5 14,0
0-0-0-0 50 0 front
12,5 t (27,6) (30,9)
(27 558 lbs)
12,0 15,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(26,5) (34,2)
18,5 13,5
0-0-0-0 20 - 40 0 front
14,8 t (40,8) (29,8)
(32 628 lbs)
13,0 15,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(28,7) (34,2)
17,5 12,0
01.07.2017

0-0-0-0 20 0 front
(38,6) (26,5)
17,1 t
(37 699 lbs)
13,5 16,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(29,8) (35,3)

12 - 16 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
17,0 13,0
0-0-0-0 20 0 front
19,4 t (37,5) (28,7)
(42 770 lbs)
14,5 16,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(32,0) (35,3)
16,0 14,5
0-0-0-0 20 0 front
(35,3) (32,0)
21,7 t
(47 840 lbs)
15,5 16,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(34,2) (35,3)
16,0 16,0
0-0-0-0 15 - 20 0 front
(35,3) (35,3)
24,0 t
(52 911 lbs)
16,0 16,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(35,3) (36,4)
14,5 18,0
0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(32,0) (39,7)
26,3 t
(57 982 lbs)
17,0 16,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(37,5) (36,4)
13,0 19,5
0-0-0-0 20 0 front
(28,7) (43,0)
30,9 t
(68 123 lbs)
19,0 17,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(41,9) (37,5)
17,5 21,0
50-50-0-0 30 0 front
(38,6) (46,3)
44,5 t
(98 106 lbs)
24,0 18,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(52,9) (39,7)

1) 2)
, à Information about the tables, p. 12 - 3
s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 17

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

Boom extension All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 3-sheave hook block, weight
17,8 + 24,0 m 950 kg (2 094 lbs).
(58,4 + 78,7 ft)

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
10,5 11,5
0-0-0-0 70 0 front
1,0 t (23,1) (25,4)
(2 205 lbs)
7,0 14,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 rear
(15,4) (30,9)
14,0 13,0
0-0-0-0 60 - 70 0 front
3,3 t (30,9) (28,7)
(7 275 lbs)
8,0 14,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 rear
(17,6) (30,9)
17,0 8,5
0-0-0-0 50 0 front
5,6 t (37,5) (18,7)
(12 346 lbs)
9,0 14,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 rear
(19,8) (32,0)
16,5 10,0
0-0-0-0 50 0 front
7,9 t (36,4) (22,0)
(17 417 lbs)
9,5 14,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 rear
(20,9) (32,0)
15,5 11,5
0-0-0-0 50 0 front
10,2 t (34,2) (25,4)
(22 487 lbs)
10,5 14,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 rear
(23,1) (32,0)
14,5 12,5
0-0-0-0 50 0 front
12,5 t (32,0) (27,6)
(27 558 lbs)
11,5 17,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(25,4) (37,5)
20,0 11,5
0-0-0-0 30 - 40 0 front
14,8 t (44,1) (25,4)
(32 628 lbs)
12,5 17,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(27,6) (37,5)
15,0 14,0
01.07.2017

0-0-0-0 45 0 front
(33,1) (30,9)
17,1 t
(37 699 lbs)
13,0 17,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(28,7) (37,5)

12 - 18 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
20,0 11,0
0-0-0-0 20 0 front
19,4 t (44,1) (24,3)
(42 770 lbs)
14,0 17,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(30,9) (38,6)
17,5 15,5
0-0-0-0 30 - 40 0 front
(38,6) (34,2)
21,7 t
(47 840 lbs)
15,0 17,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(33,1) (38,6)
18,5 15,0
0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(40,8) (33,1)
24,0 t
(52 911 lbs)
15,5 17,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(34,2) (38,6)
18,0 16,5
0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(39,7) (36,4)
26,3 t
(57 982 lbs)
16,5 18,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(36,4) (39,7)
16,5 17,5
0-0-0-0 20 0 front
(36,4) (38,6)
30,9 t
(68 123 lbs)
18,5 18,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(40,8) (39,7)
21,0 21,5
50-50-0-0 30 - 40 0 front
(46,3) (47,4)
44,5 t
(98 106 lbs)
23,5 19,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(51,8) (43,0)

1) 2)
, à Information about the tables, p. 12 - 3
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 19

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

12.3.3 Integral heavy load lattice extension

Integrated heavy All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 3-sheave hook block, weight
load lattice exten- 950 kg (2 094 lbs).
sion 1,8 + 2,0 m
(5,9 + 6,6 ft)
Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum
weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
10,0 11,0
0-0-0-0 50 0 - 50 front
1,0 t (22,0) (24,3)
(2 205 lbs)
9,0 12,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(19,8) (26,5)
9,5 12,0
0-0-0-0 50 0 - 50 front
3,3 t (20,9) (26,5)
(7 275 lbs)
9,5 12,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(20,9) (26,5)
10,0 12,5
0-0-0-0 40 0 - 50 front
5,6 t (22,0) (27,6)
(12 346 lbs)
10,5 12,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(23,1) (27,6)
10,5 13,0
0-0-0-0 30 0 - 50 front
7,9 t (23,1) (28,7)
(17 417 lbs)
11,5 12,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(25,4) (27,6)
10,5 14,0
0-0-0-0 20 0 - 50 front
(23,1) (30,9)
10,2 t
(22 487 lbs)
12,5 12,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(27,6) (27,6)
10,0 15,0
0-0-0-0 20 0 - 50 front
(22,0) (33,1)
12,5 t
(27 558 lbs)
13,0 13,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(28,7) (28,7)
13,5 14,5
50-0-0-0 30 - 40 0 - 50 front
(29,8) (32,0)
14,8 t
01.07.2017

(32 628 lbs)

14,0 13,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(30,9) (28,7)

12 - 20 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
14,0 14,0
50-0-0-0 20 0 - 50 front
17,1 t (30,9) (30,9)
(37 699 lbs)
15,0 16,0
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(33,1) (35,3)
13,5 15,0
50-0-0-0 20 0 - 50 front
(29,8) (33,1)
19,4 t
(42 770 lbs)
16,0 16,0
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(35,3) (35,3)
16,5 14,5
50-50-0-0 20 - 30 0 - 50 front
(36,4) (32,0)
21,7 t
(47 840 lbs)
16,5 16,0
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(36,4) (35,3)
16,0 15,0
50-50-0-0 15 - 20 0 - 50 front
(35,3) (33,1)
24,0 t
(52 911 lbs)
13,5 16,5
0-0-0-0 60 0 - 50 rear
(29,8) (36,4)
15,0 17,0
50-50-0-0 20 - 30 0 - 50 front
(33,1) (37,5)
26,3 t
(57 982 lbs)
14,5 18,0
0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 50 rear
(32,0) (39,7)
16,0 17,0
50-50-50-0 20 0 - 50 front
(35,3) (37,5)
30,9 t
(68 123 lbs)
20,0 17,0
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(44,1) (37,5)
16,5 21,0
90-90-50-50 30 0 - 50 front
(36,4) (46,3)
44,5 t
(98 106 lbs)
21,0 19,0
0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 50 rear
(46,3) (41,9)

1), 2) à Information about the tables, p. 12 - 3

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 21

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

Integrated heavy All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 3-sheave hook block, weight
load lattice exten- 950 kg (2 094 lbs).
sion 9,8 + 2,0 m
(32,2 + 6,6 ft)
Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum
weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
12,0 11,5
0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 50 front
1,0 t (26,5) (25,4)
(2 205 lbs)
8,5 12,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(18,7) (27,6)
11,0 11,5
0-0-0-0 50 0 - 50 front
3,3 t (24,3) (25,4)
(7 275 lbs)
9,5 12,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(20,9) (27,6)
12,0 11,5
0-0-0-0 40 0 - 50 front
5,6 t (26,5) (25,4)
(12 346 lbs)
10,5 12,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(23,1) (27,6)
13,0 12,0
0-0-0-0 30 0 - 50 front
7,9 t (28,7) (26,5)
(17 417 lbs)
11,0 13,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(24,3) (28,7)
13,0 12,5
0-0-0-0 20 0 - 50 front
10,2 t (28,7) (27,6)
(22 487 lbs)
12,0 13,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(26,5) (28,7)
12,0 13,5
0-0-0-0 20 0 - 50 front
12,5 t (26,5) (29,8)
(27 558 lbs)
13,0 13,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(28,7) (28,7)
13,0 14,0
0-50-0-0 40 0 - 50 front
14,8 t (28,7) (30,9)
(32 628 lbs)
13,5 13,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(29,8) (29,8)
12,0 15,5
01.07.2017

0-50-0-0 40 0 - 50 front
(26,5) (34,2)
17,1 t
(37 699 lbs)
14,5 17,0
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(32,0) (37,5)

12 - 22 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
14,5 14,5
0-50-0-0 20 0 - 50 front
19,4 t (32,0) (32,0)
(42 770 lbs)
15,5 17,0
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(34,2) (37,5)
15,0 15,0
50-0-0-0 20 0 - 50 front
(33,1) (33,1)
21,7 t
(47 840 lbs)
16,5 17,0
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(36,4) (37,5)
14,5 16,0
50-0-0-0 15 - 20 0 - 50 front
(32,0) (35,3)
24,0 t
(52 911 lbs)
12,0 17,5
0-0-0-0 60 0 - 50 rear
(26,5) (38,6)
18,0 15,5
50-50-0-0 20 - 30 0 - 50 front
(39,7) (34,2)
26,3 t
(57 982 lbs)
13,0 19,0
0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 50 rear
(28,7) (41,9)
16,5 17,0
50-50-0-0 20 0 - 50 front
(36,4) (37,5)
30,9 t
(68 123 lbs)
20,0 18,0
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(44,1) (39,7)
20,5 20,5
90-50-50-50 20 - 30 0 - 50 front
(45,2) (45,2)
44,5 t
(98 106 lbs)
20,0 20,5
0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 50 rear
(44,1) (45,2)

1) 2)
, à Information about the tables, p. 12 - 3
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 23

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

12.3.4 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m/10 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)

Heavy load lattice All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 3-sheave hook block, weight
extension 2,0 m 950 kg (2 094 lbs).
(6,6 ft)

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
9,5 11,0
0-0-0-0 50 0 - 40 front
1,0 t (20,9) (24,3)
(2 205 lbs)
9,0 11,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(19,8) (25,4)
9,0 12,5
0-0-0-0 50 0 - 40 front
3,3 t (19,8) (27,6)
(7 275 lbs)
10,0 12,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(22,0) (26,5)
9,5 12,5
0-0-0-0 40 0 - 40 front
5,6 t (20,9) (27,6)
(12 346 lbs)
10,5 12,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(23,1) (26,5)
10,0 13,5
0-0-0-0 30 0 - 40 front
7,9 t (22,0) (29,8)
(17 417 lbs)
11,5 12,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(25,4) (27,6)
10,0 14,5
0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
(22,0) (32,0)
10,2 t
(22 487 lbs)
12,5 12,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(27,6) (27,6)
14,5 12,5
50-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
(32,0) (27,6)
12,5 t
(27 558 lbs)
13,5 12,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(29,8) (27,6)
12,5 15,0
50-0-0-0 30 - 40 0 - 40 front
(27,6) (33,1)
14,8 t
(32 628 lbs)
14,0 13,0
01.07.2017

0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(30,9) (28,7)

12 - 24 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
12,0 15,0
0-50-0-0 20 0 - 40 front
17,1 t (26,5) (33,1)
(37 699 lbs)
15,0 15,5
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 40 rear
(33,1) (34,2)
12,0 15,5
50-0-0-0 20 0 - 40 front
(26,5) (34,2)
19,4 t
(42 770 lbs)
16,0 15,5
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 40 rear
(35,3) (34,2)
11,5 17,0
50-0-0-0 20 0 - 40 front
(25,4) (37,5)
21,7 t
(47 840 lbs)
16,5 16,0
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 40 rear
(36,4) (35,3)
15,0 15,5
50-50-0-0 15 - 20 0 - 40 front
(33,1) (34,2)
24,0 t
(52 911 lbs)
13,5 16,0
0-0-0-0 60 0 - 40 rear
(29,8) (35,3)
13,5 18,0
50-50-0-0 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
(29,8) (39,7)
26,3 t
(57 982 lbs)
14,5 17,5
0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 40 rear
(32,0) (38,6)
14,5 18,0
50-50-50-0 20 0 - 40 front
(32,0) (39,7)
30,9 t
(68 123 lbs)
20,0 16,5
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 40 rear
(44,1) (36,4)
15,0 22,0
90-50-50-50 20 0 - 40 front
(33,1) (48,5)
44,5 t
(98 106 lbs)
21,5 18,5
0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 40 rear
(47,4) (40,8)

1), 2) à Information about the tables, p. 12 - 3

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 25

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

Heavy load lattice All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 3-sheave hook block, weight
extension 10,0 m 950 kg (2 094 lbs).
(32,8 ft)

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
11,0 10,5
0-0-0-0 50 0 - 40 front
1,0 t (24,3) (23,1)
(2 205 lbs)
8,5 12,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(18,7) (26,5)
10,5 11,5
0-0-0-0 50 0 - 40 front
3,3 t (23,1) (25,4)
(7 275 lbs)
9,5 12,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(20,9) (27,6)
11,0 12,0
0-0-0-0 40 0 - 40 front
5,6 t (24,3) (26,5)
(12 346 lbs)
10,5 12,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(23,1) (27,6)
10,5 13,0
0-0-0-0 40 0 - 40 front
7,9 t (23,1) (28,7)
(17 417 lbs)
11,5 12,5
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(25,4) (27,6)
9,5 14,5
0-0-0-0 40 0 - 40 front
10,2 t (20,9) (32,0)
(22 487 lbs)
12,0 13,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(26,5) (28,7)
11,0 14,5
0-0-0-0 20 0 - 40 front
12,5 t (24,3) (32,0)
(27 558 lbs)
13,0 13,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(28,7) (28,7)
12,5 14,0
50-0-0-0 40 0 - 40 front
14,8 t (27,6) (30,9)
(32 628 lbs)
14,0 13,0
0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(30,9) (28,7)
15,5 13,0
50-0-0-0 20 0 - 40 front
01.07.2017

(34,2) (28,7)
17,1 t
(37 699 lbs)
14,5 16,5
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 40 rear
(32,0) (36,4)

12 - 26 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
14,5 14,0
50-0-0-0 20 0 - 40 front
19,4 t (32,0) (30,9)
(42 770 lbs)
15,5 16,5
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 40 rear
(34,2) (36,4)
13,5 15,5
50-0-0-0 20 0 - 40 front
(29,8) (34,2)
21,7 t
(47 840 lbs)
16,5 16,5
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 40 rear
(36,4) (36,4)
13,5 17,0
50-0-0-0 15 - 20 0 - 40 front
(29,8) (37,5)
24,0 t
(52 911 lbs)
13,0 17,0
0-0-0-0 60 0 - 40 rear
(28,7) (37,5)
16,5 16,5
50-50-0-0 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
(36,4) (36,4)
26,3 t
(57 982 lbs)
13,5 18,5
0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 40 rear
(29,8) (40,8)
17,5 17,5
50-50-50-0 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
(38,6) (38,6)
30,9 t
(68 123 lbs)
20,0 17,5
0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 40 rear
(44,1) (38,6)
18,0 21,5
90-50-50-50 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
(39,7) (47,4)
44,5 t
(98 106 lbs)
20,5 20,0
0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 40 rear
(45,2) (44,1)

1) 2)
, à Information about the tables, p. 12 - 3
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 27

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.3 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150

12.3.5 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1 and auxiliary single-sheave

boom top 2

When driving with a rigged auxiliary single-sheave boom top, proceed in

à
the same way as for driving with a rigged truck crane; GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

01.07.2017

12 - 28 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.4 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L

12.4 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L

Depending on the rigged counterweight and lattice extension, you must
bring the superstructure, the main boom and rigged into certain positions
so that the permissible axle loads are not exceeded.

S
Risk of damage to the axle lines!
Move the superstructure, the main boom and the lattice extension into the
specified positions only. This prevents excessive strain on the axle lines.

• Enter the RCL code for the actual rigging mode and actual outrigger span
of the truck crane in accordance with the Lifting capacity table.

G
Risk of accidents if the RCL is overridden!
Always enter the RCL code for the current rigging mode. The specified posi-
tions are within the monitored working ranges.
If the RCL is overridden, the truck crane may overturn even if you move it
into the positions specified.

• Bring the superstructure, the main boom and the lattice extension into the
position specified for the rigged counterweight in the following table.
• Tie down the hook block so that it cannot swing around.

Information about All axle loads specified apply to 445/95 R 25 (16.00 R25) tyres on steel rims.
the tables In the case of different tyres, the axle load changes by double the weight dif-
ference of a wheel; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions, section
Technical data, spare wheel.

H
Note on the specified angle ranges
The specified maximum axle load is only reached at the limits of the listed
angle range for the main boom, e.g. at 20° or 70°. If the maximum axle load
is reached at the front, it will be below the maximum value at the rear and
vice versa.
The axle loads are below the specified maximum axle loads within the listed
angle range.

The following applies to the footnotes in the table:

1)
Rear: Slewing angle display 0°
Front: Slewing angle display 180°
2)
Front: respectively on the 1st and 2nd axle line
Rear respectively on the 3rd, 4th and 5th axle line
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 29

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.4 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L

12.4.1 Swing-away lattice

Swing-away lat- All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 3-sheave hook block, weight
tice 1.8 + 9.4 m 950 kg (2 094 lbs).
(5.9 + 30.8 ft)

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight in t Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
(lbs) I-II-III-IV-V in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
in % in °
front rear
11.5 12.0
0-0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 front
1.0 t (25.4) (26.5)
(2 205 lbs)
9.0 13.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(19.8) (28.7)
15.5 13.5
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 60 0 front
3.3 t (34.2) (29.8)
(7 275 lbs)
10.0 13.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(22.0) (28.7)
14.5 12.0
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 40 0 front
5.6 t (32.0) (26.5)
(12 346 lbs)
10.5 13.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(23.1) (29.8)
14.0 12.0
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
7.9 t (30.9) (26.5)
(17 417 lbs)
11.5 13.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(25.4) (29.8)
13.0 13.5
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(28.7) (29.8)
10.2 t
(22 487 lbs)
12.5 14.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(27.6) (30.9)
12.0 15.0
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(26.5) (33.1)
12.5 t
(27 558 lbs)
13.0 14.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(28.7) (30.9)
11.5 16.0
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(25.4) (35.3)
14.8 t
01.07.2017

(32 628 lbs)

14.0 14.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(30.9) (30.9)

12 - 30 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.4 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight in t Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
(lbs) I-II-III-IV-V in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
in % in °
front rear
10.5 17.5
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
17.1 t (23.1) (38.6)
(37 699 lbs)
15.0 17.5
0-0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(33.1) (38.6)
15.0 15.5
0-0-0-50-50 20 - 30 0 front
(33.1) (34.2)
19.4 t
(42 770 lbs)
16.0 17.5
0-0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(35.3) (38.6)
14.0 17.0
0-0-0-50-50 20 - 30 0 front
(30.9) (37.5)
21.7 t
(47 840 lbs)
16.5 18.0
0-0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(36.4) (39.7)
13.5 18.0
0-0-0-50-50 20 - 30 0 front
(29.8) (39.7)
24.0 t
(52 911 lbs)
12.5 18.0
0-0-0-0-0 60 0 - 50 rear
(27.6) (39.7)
16.0 17.5
0-0-50-50-50 20 - 30 0 front
(35.3) (38.6)
26.3 t
(57 982 lbs)
13.5 19.5
0-0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 50 rear
(29.8) (43.0)
14.5 20.0
0-0-50-50-50 20 - 30 0 front
(32.0) (44.1)
30.9 t
(68 123 lbs)
20.0 18.5
0-0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(44.1) (40.8)
19.0 21.5
50-50-50-50-0 20 - 30 0 front
(41.9) (47.4)
44.5 t
(98 106 lbs)
20.0 21.0
0-0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 50 rear
(44.1) (46.3)

1), 2) à Information about the tables, p. 12 - 29

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 31

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.4 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L

Swing-away lat- All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 3-sheave hook block, weight
tice 1.8 + 16.0 m 950 kg (2 094 lbs).
(5.9 + 52.5 ft)

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight in t Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
(lbs) I-II-III-IV-V in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
in % in °
front rear
15.0 13.5
0-0-0-0-0 40 - 70 0 front
1.0 t (33.1) (29.8)
(2 205 lbs)
8.5 14.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(18.7) (30.9)
14.0 13.0
0-0-0-0-0 40 - 60 0 front
3.3 t (30.9) (28.7)
(7 275 lbs)
9.5 14.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(20.9) (30.9)
16.0 14.0
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 60 0 front
5.6 t (35.3) (30.9)
(12 346 lbs)
10.5 14.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(23.1) (30.9)
15.5 15.5
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 60 0 front
7.9 t (34.2) (34.2)
(17 417 lbs)
11.5 14.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(25.4) (32.0)
14.5 15.0
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 50 0 front
10.2 t (32.0) (33.1)
(22 487 lbs)
12.0 14.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(26.5) (32.0)
13.5 16.5
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 50 0 front
12.5 t (29.8) (36.4)
(27 558 lbs)
13.0 15.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(28.7) (33.1)
13.0 15.0
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
14.8 t (28.7) (33.1)
(32 628 lbs)
14.0 16.0
0-0-0-0-0 75 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(30.9) (35.3)
12.0 16.5
01.07.2017

0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(26.5) (36.4)
17.1 t
(37 699 lbs)
14.5 17.0
0-0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(32.0) (37.5)

12 - 32 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.4 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight in t Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
(lbs) I-II-III-IV-V in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
in % in °
front rear
16.5 14.5
0-0-0-50-50 20 - 30 0 front
19.4 t (36.4) (32.0)
(42 770 lbs)
15.5 17.0
0-0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(34.2) (37.5)
16.0 16.0
0-0-0-50-50 20 - 30 0 front
(35.3) (35.3)
21.7 t
(47 840 lbs)
16.5 17.5
0-0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(36.4) (38.6)
15.0 17.0
0-0-0-50-50 20 - 30 0 front
(33.1) (37.5)
24.0 t
(52 911 lbs)
17.5 17.5
0-0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(38.6) (38.6)
14.5 18.5
0-0-0-50-50 20 - 30 0 front
(32.0) (40.8)
26.3 t
(57 982 lbs)
18.0 17.5
0-0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(39.7) (38.6)
16.5 19.0
0-0-50-50-50 20 - 30 0 front
(36.4) (41.9)
30.9 t
(68 123 lbs)
20.0 19.5
0-0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(44.1) (43.0)
21.0 20.5
50-50-50-50-0 20 - 30 0 front
(46.3) (45.2)
44.5 t
(98 106 lbs)
19.5 22.0
0-0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 50 rear
(43.0) (48.5)

1) 2)
, à Information about the tables, p. 12 - 29

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 33

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.4 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L

Swing-away lat- All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 3-sheave hook block, weight
tice 1.8 + 24.0 m 950 kg (2 094 lbs).
(5.9 + 78.7 ft)

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV-V in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
14.5 11.0
0-0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 front
1.0 t (32.0) (24.3)
(2 205 lbs)
8.5 14.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 15 rear
(18.7) (30.9)
13.5 12.5
0-0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 front
3.3 t (29.8) (27.6)
(7 275 lbs)
9.0 14.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 15 rear
(19.8) (30.9)
15.0 13.5
0-0-0-0-0 40 - 60 0 front
5.6 t (33.1) (29.8)
(12 346 lbs)
10.0 14.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 15 rear
(22.0) (30.9)
16.5 15.0
0-0-0-0-0 30 - 60 0 front
7.9 t (36.4) (33.1)
(17 417 lbs)
11.0 15.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(24.3) (34.2)
17.0 11.5
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
10.2 t (37.5) (25.4)
(22 487 lbs)
12.0 16.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(26.5) (35.3)
16.0 12.5
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
12.5 t (35.3) (27.6)
(27 558 lbs)
12.5 16.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(27.6) (35.3)
15.5 14.0
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
14.8 t (34.2) (30.9)
(32 628 lbs)
13.5 16.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(29.8) (35.3)
14.5 15.0
01.07.2017

0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(32.0) (33.1)
17.1 t
(37 699 lbs)
14.5 16.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(32.0) (36.4)

12 - 34 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.4 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV-V in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
14.0 16.5
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
19.4 t (30.9) (36.4)
(42 770 lbs)
15.0 18.5
0-0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(33.1) (40.8)
18.5 14.5
0-0-0-50-50 20 - 30 0 front
(40.8) (32.0)
21.7 t
(47 840 lbs)
16.0 18.5
0-0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(35.3) (40.8)
18.0 15.5
0-0-0-50-50 20 - 30 0 front
(39.7) (34.2)
24.0 t
(52 911 lbs)
17.0 19.0
0-0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(37.5) (41.9)
17.0 17.0
0-0-0-50-50 20 - 30 0 front
(37.5) (37.5)
26.3 t
(57 982 lbs)
18.0 19.0
0-0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(39.7) (41.9)
15.5 19.5
0-0-0-50-50 20 - 30 0 front
(34.2) (43.0)
30.9 t
(68 123 lbs)
19.5 19.5
0-0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(43.0) (43.0)
21.5 20.5
50-50-50-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(47.4) (45.2)
44.5 t
(98 106 lbs)
24.5 20.5
0-0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(54.0) (45.2)

1) 2)
, à Information about the tables, p. 12 - 29
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 35

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.4 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L

12.4.2 Boom extension

Boom extension All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 3-sheave hook block, weight
9.8 + 9.4 m 950 kg (2 094 lbs).
(32.2 + 30.8 ft)

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV-V in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
13.5 11.5
0-0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 front
1.0 t (29.8) (25.4)
(2 205 lbs)
8.5 13.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(18.7) (29.8)
15.0 9.5
0-0-0-0-0 40 0 front
3.3 t (33.1) (20.9)
(7 275 lbs)
9.5 13.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(20.9) (29.8)
17.5 12.0
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 50 0 front
5.6 t (38.6) (26.5)
(12 346 lbs)
10.0 14.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(22.0) (30.9)
16.5 13.5
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 50 0 front
7.9 t (36.4) (29.8)
(17 417 lbs)
11.0 14.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(24.3) (30.9)
16.0 13.0
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 40 0 front
(35.3) (28.7)
10.2 t
(22 487 lbs)
12.0 14.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(26.5) (32.0)
15.0 13.5
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(33.1) (29.8)
12.5 t
(27 558 lbs)
13.0 14.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(28.7) (32.0)
14.0 14.5
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(30.9) (32.0)
14.8 t
01.07.2017

(32 628 lbs)

13.5 14.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(29.8) (32.0)

12 - 36 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.4 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV-V in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
13.5 16.0
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
17.1 t (29.8) (35.3)
(37 699 lbs)
14.5 15.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(32.0) (33.1)
12.5 17.0
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(27.6) (37.5)
19.4 t
(42 770 lbs)
15.5 15.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(34.2) (33.1)
14.5 17.0
0-0-0-0-50 20 - 30 0 front
(32.0) (37.5)
21.7 t
(47 840 lbs)
16.5 15.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(36.4) (33.1)
13.5 18.0
0-0-0-0-50 20 - 30 0 front
(29.8) (39.7)
24.0 t
(52 911 lbs)
17.0 15.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(37.5) (34.2)
16.0 17.5
0-0-0-50-50 20 - 30 0 front
(35.3) (38.6)
26.3 t
(57 982 lbs)
18.0 15.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(39.7) (34.2)
18.0 18.0
0-0-50-50-50 20 - 30 0 front
(39.7) (39.7)
30.9 t
(68 123 lbs)
19.5 16.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(43.0) (35.3)
20.0 21.0
50-50-50-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(44.1) (46.3)
44.5 t
(98 106 lbs)
25.0 17.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(55.1) (37.5)

1) , 2) à Information about the tables, p. 12 - 29

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 37

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.4 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L

Boom extension All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 3-sheave hook block, weight
9.8 + 16.0 m 950 kg (2 094 lbs).
(32.2 + 52.5 ft)

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV-V in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
14.5 11.0
0-0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 front
1.0 t (32.0) (24.3)
(2 205 lbs)
8.0 14.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 30 rear
(17.6) (30.9)
16.5 12.0
0-0-0-0-0 40 - 60 0 front
3.3 t (36.4) (26.5)
(7 275 lbs)
9.0 14.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 30 rear
(19.8) (30.9)
15.5 13.5
0-0-0-0-0 40 - 60 0 front
5.6 t (34.2) (29.8)
(12 346 lbs)
10.0 14.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(22.0) (32.0)
17.0 12.5
0-0-0-0-0 30 - 50 0 front
7.9 t (37.5) (27.6)
(17 417 lbs)
11.0 15.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(24.3) (33.1)
16.0 14.0
0-0-0-0-0 30 - 50 0 front
10.2 t (35.3) (30.9)
(22 487 lbs)
11.5 15.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(25.4) (33.1)
17.0 13.5
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 40 0 front
12.5 t (37.5) (29.8)
(27 558 lbs)
12.5 15.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(27.6) (34.2)
16.0 15.0
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 40 0 front
14.8 t (35.3) (33.1)
(32 628 lbs)
13.5 16.5
0-0-0-0-0 75 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(29.8) (36.4)
15.0 15.0
01.07.2017

0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(33.1) (33.1)
17.1 t
(37 699 lbs)
14.5 15.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(32.0) (34.2)

12 - 38 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.4 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV-V in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
20.0 12.5
0-0-0-50-50 20 - 30 0 front
19.4 t (44.1) (27.6)
(42 770 lbs)
15.0 18.0
0-0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(33.1) (39.7)
16.5 15.5
0-0-0-0-50 20 - 30 0 front
(36.4) (34.2)
21.7 t
(47 840 lbs)
16.0 18.0
0-0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(35.3) (39.7)
15.5 17.0
0-0-0-0-50 20 - 30 0 front
(34.2) (37.5)
24.0 t
(52 911 lbs)
17.0 18.5
0-0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(37.5) (40.8)
15.0 18.5
0-0-0-0-50 20 - 30 0 front
(33.1) (40.8)
26.3 t
(57 982 lbs)
17.5 18.5
0-0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(38.6) (40.8)
16.5 19.0
0-0-0-50-50 20 - 30 0 front
(36.4) (41.9)
30.9 t
(68 123 lbs)
19.5 19.0
0-0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(43.0) (41.9)
22.5 20.0
50-50-50-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(49.6) (44.1)
44.5 t
(98 106 lbs)
24.5 20.0
0-0-0-0-0 70 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(54.0) (44.1)

1) 2)
, à Information about the tables, p. 12 - 29
s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 39

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.4 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L

Boom extension All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 3-sheave hook block, weight
9.8 + 24.0 m 950 kg (2 094 lbs).
(32.2 + 78.7 ft)

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV-V in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
13.5 12.5
0-0-0-0-0 60 - 70 0 front
1.0 t (29.8) (27.6)
(2 205 lbs)
8.0 13.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 rear
(17.6) (29.8)
12.5 14.0
0-0-0-0-0 60 - 70 0 front
3.3 t (27.6) (30.9)
(7 275 lbs)
8.5 14.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 15 rear
(18.7) (32.0)
15.0 12.5
0-0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 front
5.6 t (33.1) (27.6)
(12 346 lbs)
9.5 15.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 30 rear
(20.9) (34.2)
14.5 14.0
0-0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 front
7.9 t (32.0) (30.9)
(17 417 lbs)
10.5 15.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 30 rear
(23.1) (34.2)
16.5 15.0
0-0-0-0-0 40 - 60 0 front
10.2 t (36.4) (33.1)
(22 487 lbs)
11.5 16.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(25.4) (36.4)
15.5 16.5
0-0-0-0-0 40 - 60 0 front
12.5 t (34.2) (36.4)
(27 558 lbs)
12.0 16.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(26.5) (36.4)
19.0 13.5
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 40 0 front
14.8 t (41.9) (29.8)
(32 628 lbs)
13.0 17.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(28.7) (37.5)
18.0 13.5
01.07.2017

0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(39.7) (29.8)
17.1 t
(37 699 lbs)
14.0 17.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(30.9) (37.5)

12 - 40 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.4 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV-V in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
17.5 14.5
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
19.4 t (38.6) (32.0)
(42 770 lbs)
14.5 17.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(32.0) (37.5)
16.5 16.0
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(36.4) (35.3)
21.7 t
(47 840 lbs)
15.5 17.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(34.2) (38.6)
15.5 17.0
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(34.2) (37.5)
24.0 t
(52 911 lbs)
16.5 17.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(36.4) (38.6)
15.0 18.5
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 front
(33.1) (40.8)
26.3 t
(57 982 lbs)
17.5 17.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(38.6) (38.6)
16.5 19.0
0-0-0-0-50 20 - 30 0 front
(36.4) (41.9)
30.9 t
(68 123 lbs)
19.0 18.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(41.9) (39.7)
19.0 22.0
0-0-50-50-50 20 - 30 0 front
(41.9) (48.5)
44.5 t
(98 106 lbs)
24.0 19.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(52.9) (41.9)

1) 2)
, à Information about the tables, p. 12 - 29
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 41

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.4 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L

12.4.3 Integral heavy load lattice extension

Integrated heavy All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 3-sheave hook block, weight
load lattice exten- 950 kg (2 094 lbs).
sion 1.8 + 2.0 m
(5.9 + 6.6 ft)
Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum
weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV-V in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
10.5 11.0
0-0-0-0-0 50 0 - 50 front
1.0 t (23.1) (24.3)
(2 205 lbs)
9.0 12.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(19.8) (27.6)
12.5 12.5
0-0-0-0-0 30 - 50 0 - 50 front
3.3 t (27.6) (27.6)
(7 275 lbs)
10.0 12.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(22.0) (27.6)
12.0 12.5
0-0-0-0-0 30 - 40 0 - 50 front
5.6 t (26.5) (27.6)
(12 346 lbs)
10.5 12.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(23.1) (27.6)
12.0 13.0
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 - 50 front
7.9 t (26.5) (28.7)
(17 417 lbs)
11.5 13.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(25.4) (28.7)
11.0 14.5
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 - 50 front
(24.3) (32.0)
10.2 t
(22 487 lbs)
12.5 13.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(27.6) (28.7)
10.5 15.5
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 - 50 front
(23.1) (34.2)
12.5 t
(27 558 lbs)
13.5 13.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(29.8) (28.7)
14.0 14.0
0-0-0-50-50 20 - 30 0 - 50 front
(30.9) (30.9)
14.8 t
01.07.2017

(32 628 lbs)

14.0 16.5
0-0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(30.9) (36.4)

12 - 42 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.4 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV-V in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
13.5 15.5
0-0-0-50-50 20 - 30 0 - 50 front
17.1 t (29.8) (34.2)
(37 699 lbs)
15.0 16.5
0-0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(33.1) (36.4)
12.5 16.5
0-0-0-50-50 20 - 30 0 - 50 front
(27.6) (36.4)
19.4 t
(42 770 lbs)
16.0 16.5
0-0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(35.3) (36.4)
15.0 16.0
0-0-50-50-50 20 - 30 0 - 50 front
(33.1) (35.3)
21.7 t
(47 840 lbs)
17.0 17.0
0-0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(37.5) (37.5)
14.0 17.5
0-0-50-50-50 20 - 30 0 - 50 front
(30.9) (38.6)
24.0 t
(52 911 lbs)
13.0 19.5
0-0-0-0-0 40 - 60 0 - 50 rear
(28.7) (43.0)
13.5 18.5
0-0-50-50-50 20 - 30 0 - 50 front
(29.8) (40.8)
26.3 t
(57 982 lbs)
14.0 18.5
0-0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 50 rear
(30.9) (40.8)
18.5 17.0
50-50-50-0-0 20 - 30 0 - 50 front
(40.8) (37.5)
30.9 t
(68 123 lbs)
20.0 17.5
0-0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(44.1) (38.6)
16.5 22.0
50-50-50-50-0 20 0 - 50 front
(36.4) (48.5)
44.5 t
(98 106 lbs)
21.0 20.0
0-0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 50 rear
(46.3) (44.1)

1), 2) à Information about the tables, p. 12 - 29

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 43

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.4 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L

Integrated heavy All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 3-sheave hook block, weight
load lattice exten- 950 kg (2 094 lbs).
sion 9.8 + 2.0 m
(32.2 + 6.6 ft)
Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum
weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV-V in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
12.0 12.0
0-0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 50 front
1.0 t (26.5) (26.5)
(2 205 lbs)
8.5 12.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(18.7) (27.6)
11.5 11.5
0-0-0-0-0 50 0 - 50 front
3.3 t (25.4) (25.4)
(7 275 lbs)
9.5 13.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(20.9) (28.7)
12.5 11.5
0-0-0-0-0 40 0 - 50 front
5.6 t (27.6) (25.4)
(12 346 lbs)
10.5 13.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(23.1) (28.7)
13.5 13.0
0-0-0-0-0 30 - 40 0 - 50 front
7.9 t (29.8) (28.7)
(17 417 lbs)
11.5 13.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(25.4) (28.7)
13.5 13.0
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 - 50 front
10.2 t (29.8) (28.7)
(22 487 lbs)
12.0 13.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(26.5) (29.8)
13.0 14.5
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 - 50 front
12.5 t (28.7) (32.0)
(27 558 lbs)
13.0 13.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(28.7) (29.8)
15.5 14.0
0-0-0-50-50 30 - 40 0 - 50 front
14.8 t (34.2) (30.9)
(32 628 lbs)
14.0 14.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 50 rear
(30.9) (30.9)
14.5 15.5
01.07.2017

0-0-0-50-50 30 - 40 0 - 50 front
(32.0) (34.2)
17.1 t
(37 699 lbs)
15.0 17.5
0-0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(33.1) (38.6)

12 - 44 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.4 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV-V in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
15.5 14.0
0-0-0-50-50 20 0 - 50 front
19.4 t (34.2) (30.9)
(42 770 lbs)
15.5 17.5
0-0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(34.2) (38.6)
15.0 15.5
0-0-0-50-50 20 0 - 50 front
(33.1) (34.2)
21.7 t
(47 840 lbs)
16.5 18.0
0-0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(36.4) (39.7)
14.0 17.5
0-0-0-50-50 20 - 30 0 - 50 front
(30.9) (38.6)
24.0 t
(52 911 lbs)
12.0 18.0
0-0-0-0-0 60 0 - 50 rear
(26.5) (39.7)
16.5 17.0
0-0-50-50-50 20 - 30 0 - 50 front
(36.4) (37.5)
26.3 t
(57 982 lbs)
13.0 19.5
0-0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 50 rear
(28.7) (43.0)
15.0 19.5
0-0-50-50-50 20 - 30 0 - 50 front
(33.1) (43.0)
30.9 t
(68 123 lbs)
20.0 18.5
0-0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 50 rear
(44.1) (40.8)
19.5 21.0
50-50-50-50-0 20 - 30 0 - 50 front
(43.0) (46.3)
44.5 t
(98 106 lbs)
19.5 21.0
0-0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 50 rear
(43.0) (46.3)

1) 2)
, à Information about the tables, p. 12 - 29
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 45

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.4 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L

12.4.4 Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m/10 m (6.6 ft/32.8 ft)

Heavy load lattice All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 3-sheave hook block, weight
extension 2.0 m 950 kg (2 094 lbs).
(6.6 ft)

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV-V in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
13.5 9.0
0-0-0-0-0 20 0 - 40 front
1.0 t (29.8) (19.8)
(2 205 lbs)
9.0 12.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(19.8) (26.5)
13.0 10.0
0-0-0-0-0 20 0 - 40 front
3.3 t (28.7) (22.0)
(7 275 lbs)
10.0 12.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(22.0) (27.6)
12.0 11.5
0-0-0-0-0 20 0 - 40 front
5.6 t (26.5) (25.4)
(12 346 lbs)
11.0 12.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(24.3) (27.6)
11.5 12.5
0-0-0-0-0 20 0 - 40 front
7.9 t (25.4) (27.6)
(17 417 lbs)
11.5 12.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(25.4) (27.6)
12.5 13.0
0-0-0-0-50 20 0 - 40 front
(27.6) (28.7)
10.2 t
(22 487 lbs)
12.5 13.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(27.6) (28.7)
11.5 15.0
0-0-0-0-50 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
(25.4) (33.1)
12.5 t
(27 558 lbs)
13.5 13.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(29.8) (28.7)
13.0 14.5
0-0-0-50-50 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
(28.7) (32.0)
14.8 t
(32 628 lbs)
14.0 13.0
01.07.2017

0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(30.9) (28.7)

12 - 46 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.4 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV-V in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
15.0 14.0
0-0-50-50-50 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
17.1 t (33.1) (30.9)
(37 699 lbs)
15.0 16.0
0-0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 40 rear
(33.1) (35.3)
14.5 15.5
0-0-50-50-50 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
(32.0) (34.2)
19.4 t
(42 770 lbs)
16.0 16.5
0-0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 40 rear
(35.3) (36.4)
13.5 17.0
0-0-50-50-50 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
(29.8) (37.5)
21.7 t
(47 840 lbs)
17.0 16.5
0-0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 40 rear
(37.5) (36.4)
13.0 18.0
0-0-50-50-50 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
(28.7) (39.7)
24.0 t
(52 911 lbs)
13.5 16.5
0-0-0-0-0 60 0 - 40 rear
(29.8) (36.4)
18.5 15.5
50-50-50-0-0 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
(40.8) (34.2)
26.3 t
(57 982 lbs)
14.5 18.0
0-0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 40 rear
(32.0) (39.7)
17.0 18.0
50-50-50-0-0 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
(37.5) (39.7)
30.9 t
(68 123 lbs)
20.5 17.0
0-0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 40 rear
(45.2) (37.5)
14.5 24.0
50-50-50-50-0 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
(32.0) (52.9)
44.5 t
(98 106 lbs)
21.0 19.5
0-0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 40 rear
(46.3) (43.0)

1), 2) à Information about the tables, p. 12 - 29

s
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 47

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.4 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L

Heavy load lattice All axle loads specified apply to a reeved 3-sheave hook block, weight
extension 10.0 m 950 kg (2 094 lbs).
(32.8 ft)

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV-V in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
15.5 13.5
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 70 0 - 40 front
1.0 t (34.2) (29.8)
(2 205 lbs)
9.0 12.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(19.8) (27.6)
15.0 13.5
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 60 0 - 40 front
3.3 t (33.1) (29.8)
(7 275 lbs)
9.5 12.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(20.9) (27.6)
14.0 13.0
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 50 0 - 40 front
5.6 t (30.9) (28.7)
(12 346 lbs)
10.5 13.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(23.1) (28.7)
13.5 13.5
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 40 0 - 40 front
7.9 t (29.8) (29.8)
(17 417 lbs)
11.5 13.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(25.4) (28.7)
12.5 13.5
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
10.2 t (27.6) (29.8)
(22 487 lbs)
12.5 13.0
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(27.6) (28.7)
12.0 15.0
0-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
12.5 t (26.5) (33.1)
(27 558 lbs)
13.0 13.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(28.7) (29.8)
15.5 13.5
0-0-0-50-50 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
14.8 t (34.2) (29.8)
(32 628 lbs)
14.0 13.5
0-0-0-0-0 80 0 - 40 rear
(30.9) (29.8)
15.0 14.5
0-0-0-50-50 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
01.07.2017

(33.1) (32.0)
17.1 t
(37 699 lbs)
15.0 17.0
0-0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 40 rear
(33.1) (37.5)

12 - 48 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.4 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L

Counter- Telescopic section Main boom Lattice Superstruc- Maximum

weight Telescope status angle extension ture axle load 2)
in t I-II-III-IV-V in ° inclination position1) in t (x 1 000 lbs)
(lbs) in % in °
front rear
16.0 15.0
50-0-0-0-0 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
19.4 t (35.3) (33.1)
(42 770 lbs)
15.5 17.0
0-0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 40 rear
(34.2) (37.5)
13.0 17.0
0-0-0-50-50 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
(28.7) (37.5)
21.7 t
(47 840 lbs)
16.5 17.5
0-0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 40 rear
(36.4) (38.6)
15.5 16.5
0-0-50-50-50 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
(34.2) (36.4)
24.0 t
(52 911 lbs)
12.5 17.5
0-0-0-0-0 60 0 - 40 rear
(27.6) (38.6)
15.0 18.0
0-0-50-50-50 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
(33.1) (39.7)
26.3 t
(57 982 lbs)
13.5 19.0
0-0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 40 rear
(29.8) (41.9)
20.0 16.5
50-50-50-0-0 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
(44.1) (36.4)
30.9 t
(68 123 lbs)
20.0 18.0
0-0-0-0-0 60 - 80 0 - 40 rear
(44.1) (39.7)
17.5 22.5
50-50-50-50-0 20 - 30 0 - 40 front
(38.6) (49.6)
44.5 t
(98 106 lbs)
20.0 20.5
0-0-0-0-0 50 - 60 0 - 40 rear
(44.1) (45.2)

1) 2)
, à Information about the tables, p. 12 - 29
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 49

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.4 Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L

12.4.5 Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1 and auxiliary single-sheave

boom top 2

• When driving with a rigged auxiliary single-sheave boom top, proceed in

the same way as for driving with a rigged truck crane; à GMK5150 /
GMK5150L Operating Instructions.

01.07.2017

12 - 50 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Driving with a rigged crane
12.5 Before driving

12.5 Before driving

• Before driving you must sequentially perform all steps described here,
while also observing all specifications and safety instructions in the
corresponding sections of the operating manual provided;
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
– Secure the superstructure against slewing
– Check the tyre pressures and wind speed
– Set the truck crane on the wheels
– Select the driving direction and switch on the separate steering
(transmission/connections)

12.6 While driving

The same specifications, restrictions and safety instructions applying to
driving a rigged truck crane without a rigged lattice extension also apply to
driving a rigged truck crane with a rigged lattice extension.
For safety reasons, the outrigger beams should remain extended corre-
sponding to the space available. The outrigger pads may not touch the
ground while driving the crane.
• Observe all specifications and safety instructions in the corresponding
sections of the operating manual provided; à GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Operating Instructions.

12.7 After driving

• After driving you must perform the same steps as those required after
driving a rigged truck crane without a rigged lattice extension. When
doing this you must also observe all specifications and safety instructions
in the corresponding section of the operating manual provided;
à GMK5150 / GMK5150L Operating Instructions.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 12 - 51

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Driving with a rigged crane
12.7 After driving

Blank page

01.07.2017

12 - 52 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 13
13 Index
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 01.07.2017

3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Index

13 Index

The index has the following structure:

The names of the parts or assemblies you are searching for are listed in
alphabetical sequence on the far left at the beginning of the line. The
following are indented under these terms:
– Activities (e.g. placing/removing the hoist rope) or
– Subcategories (e.g. transport) or
– Subcategories related to activities (e.g. swinging the lattice extension).

H
The first search word is always a noun and is followed by an operation or a
sub-term.
01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 13 - 1

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Index

Blank page

01.07.2017

13 - 2 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Index

A Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1

Description of the rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 5
Attaching/removing the hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 10
Possible reeving methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 11
Installing / removing the lifting limit switch and anemometer . . . . . . . . . 9 - 12
Installing/removing a folded up auxiliary single-sheave boom top . . . . . . 9 - 9
Moving the auxiliary single-sheave boom top into the
operating position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 5
Moving the auxiliary single-sheave boom top into the
transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 7
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 17
Description of maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 18
Maintenance plan M 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 17
Maintenance plan M 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 17
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 15
Instructions for turning loads over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 16
Procedure if permissible wind speeds are exceeded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 16
Setting the RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 15
Operations planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1
Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 2
Transport condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 3
Transport dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 3
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1
Description of the rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 5
Attaching/removing the hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 12
Possible reeving methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 12
Connect/disconnect electrical connection for the
marker lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 11, 10 - 14
Installing / removing the lifting limit switch and anemometer . . . . . . . . 10 - 13
Installing/removing a folded up auxiliary single-sheave boom top . . . . . 10 - 9
Moving the auxiliary single-sheave boom top into the operating
position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 5
Moving the auxiliary single-sheave boom top into the transport
position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 7
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 17
Description of maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 18
Maintenance plan M 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 17
Maintenance plan M 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 17
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 15
Procedure if permissible wind speeds are exceeded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 16
Setting the RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 15
Operations planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1
Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 2
Transport condition operations planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 3
Transport dimensions and weights for operations planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 3
01.07.2017

B Boom extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1
Checklists for rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 9
CHECKLIST

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 13 - 3

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Index

Installing the boom extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 10

Removing the boom extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 15
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 9
Description of the rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 21
Section 2 – Folding out/folding in the deflection sheave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 31
Section 4 – Folding out/folding in the deflection sheave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 30
Section 4/section 5 – Establishing/separating the connection . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 32
Section 4/section 5 – Establishing/separating the electrical connections . 6 - 33
Section 4/section 5 – Establishing/separating the hydraulic connection . 6 - 35
Section 5 – Folding out/folding in the deflection sheave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 21
Section 5 –Fitting/removing the hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 36
Section 5/main boom – Establish/separate the connection . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 22
Section 5/main boom – Establish/separate the electrical connections . . . 6 - 23
Section 5/main boom – Establish/separating the hydraulic connection . . 6 - 25
Section 5/section 5 – Establish/separate the connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 26
Section 5/section 5 – Establish/separate the electrical connections . . . . . 6 - 27
Section 5/section 5 – Establish/separating the hydraulic connection . . . . 6 - 29
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 41
Description of maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 42
Maintenance plan M 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 41
Maintenance plan M 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 41
Notes on this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 37
Derricking, telescoping the main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 38
Instructions for turning loads over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 39
Procedure if permissible wind speeds are exceeded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 39
Setting the RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 37
Operations planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 3
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 3
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 6
Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 7
Transport condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 8
Transport dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 8

D Derricking gear
Switch on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 79
Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 80
Driving with a rigged crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 1
After driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 51
Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 51
Driving path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 2
Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 3
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1 and auxiliary single-sheave boom
top 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 28
Boom extension 17,8 + 16,0 m (58,4 + 52,5 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 16
Boom extension 17,8 + 24,0 m (58,4 + 78,7 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 18
01.07.2017

Boom extension 9,8 + 16,0 m (32,2 + 52,5 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 12

Boom extension 9,8 + 24,0 m (32,2 + 78,7 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 14
Boom extension 9,8 + 9,4 m (32,2 + 30,8 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 10
Heavy load lattice extension 10,0 m (32,8 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 26
Heavy load lattice extension 2,0 m (6,6 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 24

13 - 4 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Index

Integrated heavy load lattice extension 1,8 + 2,0 m (5,9 + 6,6 ft) . . . . . . . 12 - 20
Integrated heavy load lattice extension 9,8 + 2,0 m (32,2 + 6,6 ft) . . . . . . 12 - 22
Swing-away lattice 1,8 + 16,0 m (5,9 + 52,5 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 6
Swing-away lattice 1,8 + 24,0 m (5,9 + 78,7 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 8
Swing-away lattice 1,8 + 9,4 m (5,9 + 30,8 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 4
Permissible rigging modes and axle loads – GMK5150L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 29
Auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1 and auxiliary single-sheave boom
top 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 50
Boom extension 9.8 + 16.0 m (32.2 + 52.5 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 38
Boom extension 9.8 + 24.0 m (32.2 + 78.7 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 40
Boom extension 9.8 + 9.4 m (32.2 + 30.8 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 36
Heavy load lattice extension 10.0 m (32.8 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 48
Heavy load lattice extension 2.0 m (6.6 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 46
Integrated heavy load lattice extension 1.8 + 2.0 m (5.9 + 6.6 ft) . . . . . . . 12 - 42
Integrated heavy load lattice extension 9.8 + 2.0 m (32.2 + 6.6 ft) . . . . . . 12 - 44
Swing-away lattice 1.8 + 16.0 m (5.9 + 52.5 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 32
Swing-away lattice 1.8 + 24.0 m (5.9 + 78.7 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 34
Swing-away lattice 1.8 + 9.4 m (5.9 + 30.8 ft) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 30
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 1
While driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 51

H Heavy load lattice extension 2m/ 10m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1

Checklists for rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 7
CHECKLIST
Installing SLS 10.0 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 23
Installing SLS 2.0 m - into the transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 11
Installing SLS 2.0 m - into the working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 8
Removing SLS 10.0 m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 27
Removing SLS 2.0 m - from the working position . . . . . . . . . 8 - 12, 8 - 15
Rigging SLS 2.0 m - into the transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 20
Rigging SLS 2.0 m - into the working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 17
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 7
Description of the rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 31
Bringing section 6 from the transport position into the working position 8 - 35
Bringing section 6 into the transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 36
Installing / removing the anemometer and air traffic control light . . . . . . 8 - 44
Installing / removing the camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 46
Installing / removing the lifting limit switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 43
Possible reeving methods on the heavy load lattice extension . . . . . . . . . 8 - 41
Section 5 – Folding out/folding in the deflection sheave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 47
Section 5/main boom – Establish/separate the electrical connections . . . 8 - 49
Section 6 – Setting the angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 39
Section 6 –Fitting/removing the hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 40
Section 6/main boom – Establish/separate the electrical connections . . . 8 - 37
Section 6/main boom– Establish/separate the connection in the
transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 33
Section 6/main boom– Establish/separate the connection in the
01.07.2017

working position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 31
Section 6/section 5 – Establishing/separating the connection . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 51
Section 6/section 5 – Establishing/separating the electrical connections . 8 - 52
Section 6/section 5–Fitting/removing the hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 54
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 61

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 13 - 5

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Index

Description of maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 62

Maintenance plan M 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 61
Maintenance plan M 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 61
Maintenance plan M 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 61
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 57
Derricking, telescoping the main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 59
Instructions for turning loads over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 60
Procedure if permissible wind speeds are exceeded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 60
Setting the RCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 57
Operations planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 2
Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 3
Transport condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 5
Transport dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 4
Hose drum
fitting/removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 3
Hydraulic connections
Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 6
Locking device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 5
Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1
Transport dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 2
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 2

I ISS
Anemometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 64
Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 66
Checklist for further rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 43
Checklists for rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 9
Deflection sheave
Section 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 56
Section 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 67
Derricking cylinder positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 78
Derricking the . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 79
Electrical connection
Section 4 / main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 53
Section 4 / section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 61
Section 4 / section 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 73
Section 5 / main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 69
Hoist rope
Section 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 58
Section 5 / section 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 76
Hydraulic connection
Section 4 / main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 55
Section 4 / section 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 75
Section 5 / main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 71
01.07.2017

Install section 4 on to section 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 72

Installing section 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 48
Installing section 5 to the main boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 68
Lifting limit switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 63
Maintenance

13 - 6 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Index

Description of maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 86

Maintenance plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 85
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 81
Possible reeving methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 59
Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 4
Transport condition, folded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 7
Transport condition, removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 5

L Load turning, see Turning loads over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 1

M Main boom
Rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1

O Operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1
CCS control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 8
Connection in front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 3
Connection section 1 - section 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 2
Folded connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 2
In the crane cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 7
Middle 1 connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 4
Middle 2 connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 3
on the hand-held control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 11
on the lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1
Other operating elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 14
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1
RCL control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 9
Rear connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 5
Run-up rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 4
Section 2 control unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 6
Operating Instructions
Basic safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1
other applicable documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1
Safety instructions for working with the lattice extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 2
Terms used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 2
Validity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1

P Positions of the hydraulic connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 6

01.07.2017

R Reeving methods
on the auxiliary single-sheave boom top 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 11
on the auxiliary single-sheave boom top 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 12
On the ISS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 59

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 13 - 7

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Index

on the swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 105

Rigging hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 14

Rigging work
Derricking cylinder positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 112

S Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1
for working with lattice extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 2
other applicable documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1
Swing-away lattice
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 2
Attaching/removing the hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 104
Checklist
Further rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 63
Mounting in the operating position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 19
Mounting in the transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 25
Removing from the operating position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 30
Removing from the transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 36
Rigging the swing-away lattice 1.8 + 16.0 m in the operating position . . . 5 - 45
Rigging the swing-away lattice 1.8 + 16.0 m in the transport position . . . 5 - 56
Rigging the swing-away lattice 1.8 + 9.4 m in the operating position . . . . 5 - 40
Rigging the swing-away lattice 1.8 + 9.4 m in the transport position . . . . 5 - 50
Checklists for rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 17
Deflection sheave section 3 operating position/transport position . . . . . . . . 5 - 103
Derricking the swing-away lattice during rigging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 113
Derricking the swing-away lattice in operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 125
Description of the rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 65
Establishing/disconnecting connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 77
Establishing/disconnecting electrical connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 90
Establishing/disconnecting the Front connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 70
Establishing/separating the Folded connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 86
Establishing/separating the Middle 1 connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 69
Establishing/separating the Rear connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 68
Finding and eliminating malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 136
Troubleshooting table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 136
Fold the deflection sheaves in/out on section 2 and section 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 101
Folding the run-up rail out/in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 72
Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 3
Installing / removing the camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 110
Installing/removing the air traffic control light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 108
Installing/removing the anemometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 108
Installing/removing the lifting limit switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 106
Main boom operation when the swing-away lattice is folded/rigged . . . . . . 5 - 127
Maintenance
Description of maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 130
Maintenance plan M1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 129
01.07.2017

Maintenance plan M12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 130

Maintenance plan M3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 129
Maintenance plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 129
Making/breaking the hydraulic connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 89

13 - 8 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
 Index

Operating elements
on the hand-held control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 11
Operations planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 2
Overview of rigging work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 17
Permissible combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 2
Position of the telescoping cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 65
Procedure if permissible wind speeds are exceeded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 126
Reeving methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 105
Reeving/unreeving the rigging rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 67
Securing sections with a guide rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 66, 7 - 45
Setting the angle - with an auxiliary crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 115
Setting the angle - without the auxiliary crane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 116
Slewing section 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 88
Slinging points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 4
swinging operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 87
Switching off the derricking gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 126
Switching on the derricking gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 125
Telescoping with rigged swing-away lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 124
Transport condition, folded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 12
Transport condition, removed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 8
Transport dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 6

T Turning loads over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 1

01.07.2017

Lattice extension operating manual 3 302 625 en 13 - 9

GMK5150 / GMK5150L
Index

01.07.2017

13 - 10 3 302 625 en Lattice extension operating manual

GMK5150 / GMK5150L